WO2018005662A1 - Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof - Google Patents

Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018005662A1
WO2018005662A1 PCT/US2017/039787 US2017039787W WO2018005662A1 WO 2018005662 A1 WO2018005662 A1 WO 2018005662A1 US 2017039787 W US2017039787 W US 2017039787W WO 2018005662 A1 WO2018005662 A1 WO 2018005662A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
optionally substituted
alkyl
group
carbocyclyl
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2017/039787
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Scott Hecker
Raja K. Reddy
Tomasz Glinka
Olga Rodny
Original Assignee
Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to AU2017290060A priority Critical patent/AU2017290060B2/en
Priority to KR1020197003015A priority patent/KR102403296B1/en
Priority to ES17821161T priority patent/ES2894251T3/en
Priority to CA3026582A priority patent/CA3026582A1/en
Priority to BR112018077015-9A priority patent/BR112018077015B1/en
Priority to MX2018015892A priority patent/MX2018015892A/en
Priority to SG11201811549UA priority patent/SG11201811549UA/en
Priority to PL17821161T priority patent/PL3478693T3/en
Priority to RU2018143900A priority patent/RU2773346C2/en
Priority to JP2018565257A priority patent/JP7060245B2/en
Application filed by Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. filed Critical Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority to EP17821161.1A priority patent/EP3478693B1/en
Priority to DK17821161.1T priority patent/DK3478693T3/en
Priority to UAA201812390A priority patent/UA124464C2/en
Priority to MYPI2018002676A priority patent/MY196909A/en
Priority to CN201780041247.XA priority patent/CN109415386B/en
Publication of WO2018005662A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018005662A1/en
Priority to IL263450A priority patent/IL263450B/en
Priority to ZA2018/08327A priority patent/ZA201808327B/en
Priority to CONC2018/0013978A priority patent/CO2018013978A2/en
Priority to PH12018502747A priority patent/PH12018502747A1/en
Priority to SA518400742A priority patent/SA518400742B1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F5/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 3 or 13 of the Periodic System
    • C07F5/02—Boron compounds
    • C07F5/05—Cyclic compounds having at least one ring containing boron but no carbon in the ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F5/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 3 or 13 of the Periodic System
    • C07F5/02—Boron compounds
    • C07F5/025—Boronic and borinic acid compounds
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A61K31/407—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil condensed with other heterocyclic ring systems, e.g. ketorolac, physostigmine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4196—1,2,4-Triazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/425—Thiazoles
    • A61K31/426—1,3-Thiazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/69—Boron compounds
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the fields of chemistry and medicine. More particularly, the present application relates to boronic acid antimicrobial compounds, compositions, their preparation, and their use as therapeutic agents.
  • Antibiotics have been effective tools in the treatment of infectious diseases during the last half-century. From the development of antibiotic therapy to the late 1980s there was almost complete control over bacterial infections in developed countries. However, in response to the pressure of antibiotic usage, multiple resistance mechanisms have become widespread and are threatening the clinical utility of anti-bacterial therapy.
  • the increase in antibiotic resistant strains has been particularly common in major hospitals and care centers. The consequences of the increase in resistant strains include higher morbidity and mortality, longer patient hospitalization, and an increase in treatment costs.
  • ⁇ -lactamases can be grouped into 4 classes based on their amino acid sequences, namely, Ambler classes A, B, C, and D. Enzymes in classes A, C, and D include active-site serine ⁇ -lactamases, and class B enzymes, which are encountered less frequently, are Zn-dependent. These enzymes catalyze the chemical degradation of ⁇ -lactam antibiotics, rendering them inactive. Some ⁇ -lactamases can be transferred within and between various bacterial strains and species. The rapid spread of bacterial resistance and the evolution of multi-resistant strains severely limits ⁇ -lactam treatment options available.
  • class D ⁇ -lactamase-expressing bacterium strains such as Acinetobacter baumannii
  • A. baumannii strains express A, C, and D class ⁇ -lactamases.
  • the class D ⁇ -lactamases such as the OXA families are particularly effective at destroying carbapenem type ⁇ -lactam antibiotics, e.g., imipenem, the active carbapenems component of Merck's Primaxin® (Montefour, K. et al., Crit. Care Nurse 2008, 28, 15; Perez, F. et al, Expert Rev. Anti Infect. Ther.
  • New ⁇ -lactamases have recently evolved that hydrolyze the carbapenem class of antimicrobials, including imipenem, biapenem, doripenem, meropenem, and ertapenem, as well as other ⁇ -lactam antibiotics.
  • carbapenemases belong to molecular classes A, B, and D.
  • Class A carbapenemases of the KPC-type predominantly in Klebsiella pneumoniae but now also reported in other Enterobacteriaceae, Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Acinetobacter baumannii.
  • the KPC carbapenemase was first described in 1996 in North Carolina, but since then has disseminated widely in the US.
  • the zinc-dependent class B metallo ⁇ -lactamases are represented mainly by the VIM, IMP, and NDM types.
  • IMP and VIM-producing K. pneumonia were first observed in 1990s in Japan and 2001 in Southern Europe, respectively.
  • IMP-positive strains remain frequent in Japan and have also caused hospital outbreaks in China and Australia.
  • dissemination of IMP-producing Enterobacteriaceae in the rest of the word appears to be somewhat limited.
  • VIM-producing enterobacteria can be frequently isolated in Mediterranean countries, reaching epidemic proportions in Greece. Isolation of VIM-producing strains remains low in Northern Europe and in the United States.
  • a characteristic of NDM- producing K. pneumonia isolates has been their rapid dissemination from their epicenter, the Indian subcontinent, to Western Europe, North America, Australia and Far East.
  • NDM genes have spread rapidly to various species other than K. pneumonia.
  • the plasmid-expressed class D carbapenemases belong to OXA-48 type.
  • OXA-48 producing K. pneumonia was first detected in Turkey, in 2001.
  • the Middle East and North Africa remain the main centers of infection.
  • recent isolation of OXA-48-type producing organisms in India, Senegal and Argentina suggest the possibility of a global expansion.
  • Isolation of OXA-48 in bacteria other than K. pneumonia underlines the spreading potential of OXA-48.
  • Treatment of strains producing any of these carbapenemases with carbapenems can be associated with poor outcomes.
  • Another mechanism of ⁇ -lactamase mediated resistance to carbapenems involves combination of permeability or efflux mechanisms combined with hyper production of beta-lactamases.
  • One example is the loss of a porin combined in hyperproduction of ampC beta- lactamase results in resistance to imipenem in Pseudomonas aeruginosa.
  • Efflux pump over expression combined with hyperproduction of the ampC ⁇ -lactamase can also result in resistance to a carbapenem such as meropenem.
  • Y 1 is N or CR 4 ;
  • n is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
  • R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_ 7 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, Ce-w aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5 , and
  • each of R 1 , R 4 , R a , and R b is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 - 10 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 -ioalkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3- 7carbocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci
  • R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_ 7 carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5 , and
  • each of R 1 , R 2 , R a , and R b is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ 10 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ 1 oalkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)C
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5 , and
  • each of R 3 , R 4 , R a , and R b is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ 10 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ 1 oalkynyl, optionally substituted C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-i
  • R a and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C 3 _7 carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5 , and
  • each of R 1 , R2 , R 3 , and R 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ joalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C 3 .
  • R a and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C 6- io aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5 , and
  • each of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R b is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ 10 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ 1 oalkynyl, optionally substituted C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-io
  • R 5 is -Y 5 -(CH 2 ) t -G;
  • t is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
  • G is selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Q_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Q_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci- 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci- 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci- 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ l oalkynyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)C !
  • A is selected from the group consisting of C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-ioaryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted by one or more R 12 ;
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, OH, -C(0)OR, optionally substituted d_ 6 alkoxy, amino, -N(OR 8 )R 9 , optionally substituted Q_ 6 alkylthiol, C-amido, S-sulfonamido, CN, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, and a carboxylic acid isostere;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of H, d_ 9 alkyl, -CR 10 R 11 OC(O)C 1 _ 9 alkyl, -CR 10 R n OC(O)C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl, -CR 10 R n OC(O)(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR 10 R n OC(O)C 2 _ 8 alkoxyalkyl, -CR 10 R 11 OC(O)OC 1 _
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, amino, and -N(OR 8 )R 9 ;
  • each R 8 and R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
  • each R 10 and R 11 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted optionally substituted C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
  • R 12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci- 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci- 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3 -7 carbocyclyl)Ci.
  • each R 13 and R 14 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci- 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
  • R 15 is optionally substituted Ci- 6 alkyl
  • Y 2 is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-, and -NR 9 -;
  • Y 3 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, -SH, and -NHR 9 ;
  • Y 4 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, optionally substituted Ci_6
  • Y 5 is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0) 2 -, -0-, -CR f R g -, and -NR g -, or Y 5 is absent;
  • Y 6 is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0) 2 -, -0-, -CR f R g -, and
  • each p and q is independently 0 or 1.
  • each of R 2 and R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_ 7 carbocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (C 6- ioaryl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, (
  • n is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
  • each R a and R b is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_ 7 carbocyclyl)Ci- 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (C 6- ioaryl)Ci_ 6 alkyl,
  • R a and R b together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spiro ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R ; or
  • m 1 ;
  • R a and R 3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5 ; and each R 2 and R b is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci- 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci- 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered hetero
  • R 5 is -Y 5 -(CH 2 ) t -G;
  • t is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
  • G is selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ l oalkynyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-io ryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, (C 6- i
  • A is a ring system selected from the group consisting of C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-ioaryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 12 ;
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, OH, -C(0)OR, optionally substituted d_ 6 alkoxy, amino, -N(OR 8 )R 9 , optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkylthiol, C-amido, S-sulfonamido, CN, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, and a carboxylic acid isostere; is selected from the group consisting of H, Ci_ alkyl, -CR R OC(0)Ci_ -CR 10 R n OC(O)C3- 7 carbocyclyl, -CR 10 R n OC(O)(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR lu R 1 OC(0)C 2 - 8 alkoxyalkyl, -CR' OC C OC
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, amino, and -N(OR 8 )R 9 ;
  • each R 8 and R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
  • each R 10 and R 11 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
  • R 12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkylthiol, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)
  • R 15 is optionally substituted Ci- 6 alkyl
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-, and -NR -;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of -OH, -SH, and -NHR ;
  • Y 4 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, optionally substituted Cj_ 6
  • Y 5 is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0) 2 -, -0-, -CR f R g -, and -NR g -, or Y 5 is absent;
  • Y 6 is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0) 2 -, -0-, -CR f R g -, and
  • each p and q is independently 0 or 1.
  • Y 1 is N or CR 4 ;
  • n is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
  • r is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
  • R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_ 7 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, Ce-w aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5 , and
  • each of R 1 , R 4 , R a , and R b is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ l oalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3-7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (3 ⁇ 4_ 7 carbocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl
  • R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_ 7 carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5 , and
  • each of R 1 , R 2 , R a , and R b is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci-6 alkoxy)Ci-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 - joalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C 3- 7 carbocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5 , and
  • each of R 3 , R 4 , R a , and R b is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci- 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ joalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl)Ci- 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci- 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-i
  • R a and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C 3 _7 carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5 , and
  • each of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ joalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl)Ci- 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci- 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioary
  • R a and R 4 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, Ce-w aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5 , and
  • each of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R b is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci- 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ joalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl)Ci- 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci- 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-io
  • R 5 is -Y 5 -(CH 2 ) t -G;
  • t is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
  • G is selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Cj_ 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Cj_ 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Cj_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ l oalkynyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, (C 6-
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted - (CH 2 )nC(0)OR and a carboxylic acid isostere;
  • n is an integer selected from 0 to 6;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of H, d_ 9 alkyl, -CR 10 R 11 OC(O)C 1 _ 9 alkyl, -CR 10 R n OC(O)C 3 - 7 carbocyclyl, -CR 10 R n OC(O)(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR 10 R n OC(O)C 2 _ 8 alkoxyalkyl, -CR 10 R 11 OC(O)OC 1 _
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, amino, and -N(OR 8 )R 9 ;
  • each R 8 and R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
  • each R 10 and R 11 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
  • each R 13 and R 14 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci- 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
  • R 15 is optionally substituted Ci- 6 alkyl
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-, and -NR -;
  • Y 5 is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0) 2 -, -0-, -CR f R g -, and -NR g -, or Y 5 is absent;
  • each R c , R d , R e , R f , and R g are independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl; and
  • each R h and R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, cyano, amino, C-amido, N-amido, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl; or R h and R 1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C - io aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • r is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
  • each of R and R is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci- 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3-7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3- 7 carbocyclyl)Ci- 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_ 6 aikyl, (C 6- ioary
  • n is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
  • each R a and R b is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Cj_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci- 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci- 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl)C 1 _ 6 aikyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci- 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci- 6 aiky
  • R a and R b together with the atoms to which they are attached form a ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl, and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5 ; or
  • m 1 ;
  • R a and R 3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl, and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5 ; and each R 2 and R b is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Q_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Q_ 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C 3 _7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroary
  • R 5 is -Y 5 -(CH 2 ) t -G;
  • t is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
  • G is selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 _ joalkynyl, optionally substituted C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_ 6 alkyl, (C 6- ioary
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted - (CH 2 )nC(0)OR and a carboxylic acid isostere;
  • n is an integer selected from 0 to 6;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of H, d_ 9 alkyl, -CR 10 R 11 OC(O)C 1 _ 9 alkyl, -CR 10 R n OC(O)C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl, -CR 10 R n OC(O)(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR 10 R n OC(O)C 2 _ 8 alkoxyalkyl, -CR 10 R 11 OC(O)OC 1 _
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, optionally substituted Ci_ 6
  • each R and R is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
  • each R 10 and R 11 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted optionally substituted Cj. 7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
  • each R 13 and R 14 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci- 6 alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
  • R 15 is optionally substituted Ci- 6 alkyl
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-, and -NR -;
  • Y 5 is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0) 2 -, -0-, -CR f R g -, and -NR g -, or Y 5 is absent;
  • each R c , R d , R e , R f , and R g are independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl; and
  • each R h and R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, cyano, amino, C-amido, N-amido, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl; or R h and R 1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C - io aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound having the structure of Formula I, II, III, IV, V or VI, as described herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may further comprise an additional medicament.
  • Some additional embodiments described herein relate to methods of treating a bacterial infection comprising administering a compound having the structure of Formula I, II, III, IV, V or VI as described herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof to a subject in need thereof.
  • the method further comprises administering to the subject an additional medicament, for example, the additional medicament may be selected from an antibacterial agent, an antifungal agent, an antiviral agent, an anti-inflammatory agent, or an antiallergic agent.
  • compounds that contain a boronic acid moiety that act as antimicrobial agents and/or as potentiators of antimicrobial agents.
  • Various embodiments of these compounds include compounds having the structures of Formula I or II as described above or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. In some embodiments of the
  • the compounds of Formula I or II are also represented by the structure of Formula la or Ila, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
  • the compounds of Formula la or Ila are also represented by the structure of Formula lb or lib, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
  • m is 0 and the compounds of Formula lb or lib are also represented by the structure of Formula Ic or lie, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
  • the compounds of Formula Ic or lie are in various stereoisomeric form, including those represented by the structure of Formula Ic-1, Ic-2, IIc-1 or IIc-2,
  • R 2 and R 3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_ 7 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form C3_ 7 carbocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form cyclopropyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptenyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or dihydrofuranyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • the compound of Formula Ic or lie is also represented by the structure of Formula Id or lid, or pharmaceutically
  • i is
  • R 5 substituted with one R 5 .
  • R 5 is substituted with two R 5 .
  • the compounds of Formula Id or lid are in various stereoisomeric forms, including those represented by the structure of Formula Id-1 , Id-2, IId-1 or IId-2, or ph
  • R 1 is hydrogen. In another embodiment, R 1 is an optionally substituted Ci- 6 alkyl, for example, Ci- 6 hydroxyalkyl.
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 3 and R 4 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spiro ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_ 7 carbocyclyl, and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R".
  • R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form C3_ 7 carbocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • R 3 and R 4 together with the atoms to which they are attached form cyclopropyl optionally substituted with one or more R 5.
  • R 3 and R 4 together with the atoms to which they are attached form 3-10 membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more R 5 , for example, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered heterocyclyl comprising one, two or three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur.
  • R 1 is hydrogen.
  • R 2 is hydrogen.
  • R 6 is -C(0)OR.
  • R is H or Q_9 alkyl.
  • R is -CR 10 R n OC(O)Ci- 9 alkyl, -CR 10 R n OC(O)C 3 - 7 carbocyclyl, -CR 10 R n OC(O)(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), or - 10 R n OC
  • the 3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl is
  • R is -CR 10 R 11 OC(O)OC 1 _ 9 alkyl, -CR 10 R n OC(O)OC 3 - 7 carbocyclyl, -CR 10 R n OC(O)O(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), or -CR 10 R n OC(O)OC 2 - alkyl.
  • heterocyclyl is 0 , , or .
  • R is
  • each of R 13 and R 14 is independently H or d_ 6 alkyl.
  • R is -CR 10 R n OC(O)O(CH 2 )i- 3 C(0)NR 13 R 14 , -CR 10 R 11 OC(O)O(CH 2 )2-3OC(O)C 1 _4 alkyl, -CR 10 R 11 OC(O)(CH 2 ) 1 - 3 OC(O)C 1 alkyl, or -CR 10 R n OC(O)O(CH 2 )i-3C(O)OCi alkyl.
  • each R 10 and R 11 is independently hydrogen or Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • R 7 is -OH.
  • Y is -0-.
  • Y 3 is -OH. In some embodiments, Y 4 is -OH.
  • each J, L and M is CR 12.
  • R 12 is hydrogen, halogen, Ci_6 alkoxy, or Ci_6 haloalkoxy.
  • at least one of J, L and M of Formula lb, Ic, Id, lib, lie, or lid is N (nitrogen).
  • M is nitrogen.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are selected from alkaline metal salts or ammonium salts.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are sodium salts with the structures selected from the group consisting of:
  • compounds that contain a boronic acid moiety that act as antimicrobial agents and/or as potentiators of antimicrobial agents.
  • Various embodiments of these compounds include compounds having the structures of Formula III or IV as described above or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • R is selected from H, Ci -9 alkyl, -CR 10 R n OC( , -
  • the compounds of Formula III or IV are also represented by the structure of Formula Ilia or IVa, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
  • M is independently selected from CR or N (nitrogen).
  • m is 0 and the compounds of Formula Ilia or IVa are also represented by the structure of Formula Illb or IVb, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
  • R is selected from H, halogen, or Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • R is hydrogen
  • R 2 and R 3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_ 7 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6- 10 aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5.
  • R 2 and R 3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form C3- 7 carbocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more R 3 .
  • R 2 and R 3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form cyclopropyl optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • R 6 is -C(0)OR.
  • R is H or C 1 -9 alkyl.
  • R is -CR lu R 1 OC(0)C 1 _ 9 alkyl, -CR lu R u OC(0)C 3-
  • the 3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl is or some further embodiments, R is -CR 1U R 1 OC(0)0C 1
  • R is
  • each of R and R is independently H or d_ 6 alkyl.
  • R is -CR 10 R n OC(O)O(CH 2 )i- 3 C(0)NR 13 R 14 , -CR 10 R 11 OC(O)O(CH 2 )2-3OC(O)C 1 _4 alkyl, -CR 10 R 11 OC(O)(CH 2 ) 1 - 3 OC(O)C 1 alkyl, or -CR 10 R 11 OC(O)O(CH 2 )i- 3 C(O)OC 1 alkyl.
  • each R 10 and R 11 is independently hydrogen or Ci_ 6 alkyl.
  • R is -OH.
  • Y is -0-.
  • Y 3 is -OH. In some embodiments, Y 4 is -OH.
  • each J, L and M is CR 12.
  • R 12 is selected from hydrogen, halogen or Ci_ 6 alkoxy.
  • at least one of J, L and M is N (nitrogen).
  • M is N.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are selected from alkaline metal salts or ammonium salts. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are sodium salts.
  • compounds that contain a boronic acid moiety that act as antimicrobial agents and/or as potentiators of antimicrobial agents.
  • Various embodiments of these compounds include compounds having the structures of Formula V as described above or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • R is selected from H, C 1 - 9 alkyl, -CR 10 R n OC(O -
  • the compounds of Formula V are also represented by the structure of Formula Va, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
  • m is 1 and the compounds of Formula Va represented by the structure of Formula Vb, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
  • both R a and R b are H.
  • R 2 and R 3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5.
  • R 2 and R 3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form C3_ 7 carbocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form cyclopropyl optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • r is 1
  • both R h and R 1 are H.
  • R 6 is -(CH 2 )nC(0)OR and n is 0.
  • the compound is also represented by the structure of Formula Vc or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
  • the compounds of Formula Vc are in various stereoisomeric forms, including those represented by the structure of Formula Vc-1 or Vc-2, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
  • R 7 is -OH.
  • Y is -0-.
  • compounds that contain a boronic acid moiety that act as antimicrobial agents and/or as potentiators of antimicrobial agents.
  • Various embodiments of these compounds include compounds having the structures of Formula VI as described above or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • R is selected from H, d_ 9 alkyl, -CR 10 R 11 OC(O)C 1 _ 9 alkyl, -
  • m is 1 and the compounds of Formula VI are also represented by the structure of Formula Via, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
  • both R a and R b are H.
  • r is 1, and both R h and R l are H.
  • R 6 is -(CH 2 )nC(0)OR and n is 0.
  • the compound is also represented by the structure of Formula VIb or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
  • R 7 is -OH.
  • Y is -0-.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are selected from alkaline metal salts or ammonium salts. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are sodium salts, including disodium salts.
  • the compounds disclosed herein may exist as individual enantiomers and diastereomers or as mixtures of such isomers, including racemates. Separation of the individual isomers or selective synthesis of the individual isomers is accomplished by application of various methods which are well known to practitioners in the art. Unless otherwise indicated, all such isomers and mixtures thereof are included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein. Furthermore, compounds disclosed herein may exist in one or more crystalline or amorphous forms. Unless otherwise indicated, all such forms are included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein including any polymorphic forms. In addition, some of the compounds disclosed herein may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents. Unless otherwise indicated, such solvates are included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein.
  • the compounds described herein may convert to or exist in equilibrium with alternate forms. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the compounds described herein may exist in combination with one or more of these forms. For example, as shown below, the compounds disclosed herein may exist in cyclic boronate monoesters with the structure of Formulae I, la, lb, Ic, and Id or in acyclic form as boronic acids with the structure of Formulae II, Ila, lib, lie, lid, or may exist as a mixture of the two forms depending on the medium.
  • the compounds disclosed herein may exist in cyclic form as cyclic boronate monoesters with the structure of Formulae III, Ilia, and Illb or in acyclic form as boronic acids with the structure of Formulae IV, IVa and IVb, or may exist as a mixture of the two forms depending on the medium.
  • the compounds described herein may exist in cyclic dimeric form, trimeric form or tetrameric form.
  • the compound of Formula II may exist in dimeric form (II-A), trimeric form (II-B), or tetrameric form (II-C):
  • C a to Q or “C a _ b " in which "a” and “b” are integers refer to the number of carbon atoms in the specified group. That is, the group can contain from “a” to "b", inclusive, carbon atoms.
  • a “Ci to C4 alkyl” or “Ci_4 alkyl” group refers to all alkyl groups having from 1 to 4 carbons, that is, CH 3 -, CH 3 CH2-, CH 3 CH2CH2-, (CH 3 ) 2 CH-, CH 3 CH2CH2CH2-, CH 3 CH 2 CH(CH 3 )- and (CH 3 ) 3 C-.
  • halogen or "halo,” as used herein, means any one of the radio- stable atoms of column 7 of the Periodic Table of the Elements, e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine, with fluorine and chlorine being preferred.
  • alkyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain that is fully saturated (i.e., contains no double or triple bonds).
  • the alkyl group may have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “1 to 20” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., "1 to 20 carbon atoms” means that the alkyl group may consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkyl” where no numerical range is designated).
  • the alkyl group may also be a medium size alkyl having 1 to 9 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group could also be a lower alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be designated as "C1-4 alkyl” or similar designations.
  • Q_4 alkyl indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, i.e., the alkyl chain is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso- butyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl.
  • Typical alkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, hexyl, and the like.
  • alkoxy refers to the formula -OR wherein R is an alkyl as is defined above, such as "Ci_ alkoxy”, including but not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, 1-methylethoxy (isopropoxy), n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, and tert-butoxy, and the like.
  • alkylthio refers to the formula -SR wherein R is an alkyl as is defined above, such as "Ci_ alkylthio” and the like, including but not limited to methylmercapto, ethylmercapto, n-propylmercapto, 1-methylethylmercapto (isopropylmercapto), n-butylmercapto, iso-butylmercapto, sec-butylmercapto, tert- butylmercapto, and the like.
  • alkenyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain containing one or more double bonds.
  • the alkenyl group may have 2 to 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkenyl” where no numerical range is designated.
  • the alkenyl group may also be a medium size alkenyl having 2 to 9 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group could also be a lower alkenyl having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group may be designated as "C2-4 alkenyl" or similar designations.
  • C2-4 alkenyl indicates that there are two to four carbon atoms in the alkenyl chain, i.e., the alkenyl chain is selected from the group consisting of ethenyl, propen-l-yl, propen-2-yl, propen-3-yl, buten-l-yl, buten-2-yl, buten-3-yl, buten-4-yl, 1-methyl-propen-l-yl, 2-methyl-propen-l-yl, 1-ethyl-ethen-l-yl, 2-methyl-propen-3-yl, buta-l,3-dienyl, buta-1,2,- dienyl, and buta-l,2-dien-4-yl.
  • Typical alkenyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, and hexenyl, and the like.
  • alkynyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain containing one or more triple bonds.
  • the alkynyl group may have 2 to 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkynyl” where no numerical range is designated.
  • the alkynyl group may also be a medium size alkynyl having 2 to 9 carbon atoms.
  • the alkynyl group could also be a lower alkynyl having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkynyl group may be designated as "C2-4 alkynyl" or similar designations.
  • C2-4 alkynyl indicates that there are two to four carbon atoms in the alkynyl chain, i.e., the alkynyl chain is selected from the group consisting of ethynyl, propyn-l-yl, propyn-2-yl, butyn-l-yl, butyn-3-yl, butyn-4-yl, and 2-butynyl.
  • Typical alkynyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, and hexynyl, and the like.
  • heteroalkyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain containing one or more heteroatoms, that is, an element other than carbon, including but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in the chain backbone.
  • the heteroalkyl group may have 1 to 20 carbon atom, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "heteroalkyl” where no numerical range is designated.
  • the heteroalkyl group may also be a medium size heteroalkyl having 1 to 9 carbon atoms.
  • the heteroalkyl group could also be a lower heteroalkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the heteroalkyl group may be designated as "Q-4 heteroalkyl" or similar designations.
  • the heteroalkyl group may contain one or more heteroatoms.
  • C 1 -4 heteroalkyl indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the heteroalkyl chain and additionally one or more heteroatoms in the backbone of the chain.
  • alkylene means a branched, or straight chain fully saturated di-radical chemical group containing only carbon and hydrogen that is attached to the rest of the molecule via two points of attachment (i.e., an alkanediyl).
  • the alkylene group may have 1 to 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term alkylene where no numerical range is designated.
  • the alkylene group may also be a medium size alkylene having 1 to 9 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group could also be a lower alkylene having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group may be designated as "Ci_4 alkylene" or similar designations.
  • Q ⁇ alkylene indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkylene chain, i.e., the alkylene chain is selected from the group consisting of methylene, ethylene, ethan-l,l-diyl, propylene, propan-l,l-diyl, propan-2,2-diyl, 1-methyl- ethylene, butylene, butan-l,l-diyl, butan-2,2-diyl, 2-methyl-propan-l,l-diyl, 1-methyl- propylene, 2-methyl-propylene, 1,1-dimethyl-ethylene, 1 ,2-dimethyl-ethylene, and 1-ethyl- ethylene.
  • alkenylene means a straight or branched chain di-radical chemical group containing only carbon and hydrogen and containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond that is attached to the rest of the molecule via two points of attachment.
  • the alkenylene group may have 2 to 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term alkenylene where no numerical range is designated.
  • the alkenylene group may also be a medium size alkenylene having 2 to 9 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenylene group could also be a lower alkenylene having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenylene group may be designated as "C2-4 alkenylene" or similar designations.
  • C2-4 alkenylene indicates that there are two to four carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain, i.e., the alkenylene chain is selected from the group consisting of ethenylene, ethen-l,l-diyl, propenylene, propen-l,l-diyl, prop-2-en-l,l-diyl, 1-methyl-ethenylene, but-l-enylene, but-2- enylene, but-l,3-dienylene, buten-l,l-diyl, but-l,3-dien-l,l-diyl, but-2-en-l,l-diyl, but-3-en- 1,1-diyl, l-methyl-prop-2-en-l,l-diyl, 2-methyl-prop-2-en-l,l-diyl, 1-ethyl-ethenylene, 1,2- dimethyl-ethenylene
  • aromatic refers to a ring or ring system having a conjugated pi electron system and includes both carbocyclic aromatic (e.g., phenyl) and heterocyclic aromatic groups (e.g., pyridine).
  • carbocyclic aromatic e.g., phenyl
  • heterocyclic aromatic groups e.g., pyridine
  • the term includes monocyclic or fused-ring polycyclic (i.e., rings which share adjacent pairs of atoms) groups provided that the entire ring system is aromatic.
  • aryl refers to an aromatic ring or ring system (i.e., two or more fused rings that share two adjacent carbon atoms) containing only carbon in the ring backbone. When the aryl is a ring system, every ring in the system is aromatic.
  • the aryl group may have 6 to 18 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "aryl” where no numerical range is designated. In some embodiments, the aryl group has 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group may be designated as "C6-io aryl,” “C6 or Cio aryl,” or similar designations. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, azulenyl, and anthracenyl.
  • aryloxy and arylthio refers to RO- and RS-, in which R is an aryl as is defined above, such as “C6-io aryloxy” or “C6-io arylthio” and the like, including but not limited to phenyloxy.
  • an "aralkyl” or “arylalkyl” is an aryl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group, such as "CT-U aralkyl” and the like, including but not limited to benzyl, 2- phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, and naphthylalkyl.
  • the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group (i.e., a Ci_4 alkylene group).
  • heteroaryl refers to an aromatic ring or ring system (i.e., two or more fused rings that share two adjacent atoms) that contain(s) one or more heteroatoms, that is, an element other than carbon, including but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in the ring backbone.
  • heteroaryl is a ring system, every ring in the system is aromatic.
  • the heteroaryl group may have 5-18 ring members (i.e., the number of atoms making up the ring backbone, including carbon atoms and heteroatoms), although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "heteroaryl" where no numerical range is designated.
  • the heteroaryl group has 5 to 10 ring members or 5 to 7 ring members.
  • the heteroaryl group may be designated as "5-7 membered heteroaryl,” "5-10 membered heteroaryl,” or similar designations.
  • heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, furyl, thienyl, phthalazinyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinlinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, and benzothienyl.
  • a “heteroaralkyl” or “heteroarylalkyl” is heteroaryl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group. Examples include but are not limited to 2-thienylmethyl, 3- thienylmethyl, furylmethyl, thienylethyl, pyrrolylalkyl, pyridylalkyl, isoxazoUylalkyl, and imidazolylaikyl.
  • the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group (i.e., a C 1 -4 alkylene group).
  • carbocyclyl means a non-aromatic cyclic ring or ring system containing only carbon atoms in the ring system backbone.
  • carbocyclyl is a ring system, two or more rings may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion.
  • Carbocyclyls may have any degree of saturation provided that at least one ring in a ring system is not aromatic.
  • carbocyclyls include cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, and cycloalkynyls.
  • the carbocyclyl group may have 3 to 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "carbocyclyl” where no numerical range is designated.
  • the carbocyclyl group may also be a medium size carbocyclyl having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the carbocyclyl group could also be a carbocyclyl having 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the carbocyclyl group may be designated as "C3_6 carbocyclyl" or similar designations.
  • carbocyclyl rings include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 2,3-dihydro-indene, bicycle[2.2.2]octanyl, adamantyl, and spiro[4.4]nonanyl.
  • a "(carbocyclyl)alkyl” is a carbocyclyl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group, such as "CMO (carbocyclyl)alkyl” and the like, including but not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclopropylbutyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopropylisopropyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cycloheptylmethyl, and the like.
  • the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.
  • cycloalkyl means a fully saturated carbocyclyl ring or ring system. Examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
  • cycloalkenyl means a carbocyclyl ring or ring system having at least one double bond, wherein no ring in the ring system is aromatic.
  • An example is cyclohexenyl.
  • heterocyclyl means a non-aromatic cyclic ring or ring system containing at least one heteroatom in the ring backbone. Heterocyclyls may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion. Heterocyclyls may have any degree of saturation provided that at least one ring in the ring system is not aromatic. The heteroatom(s) may be present in either a non-aromatic or aromatic ring in the ring system.
  • the heterocyclyl group may have 3 to 20 ring members (i.e., the number of atoms making up the ring backbone, including carbon atoms and heteroatoms), although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "heterocyclyl” where no numerical range is designated.
  • the heterocyclyl group may also be a medium size heterocyclyl having 3 to 10 ring members.
  • the heterocyclyl group could also be a heterocyclyl having 3 to 6 ring members.
  • the heterocyclyl group may be designated as "3-6 membered heterocyclyl" or similar designations.
  • the heteroatom(s) are selected from one up to three of O, N or S, and in preferred five membered monocyclic heterocyclyls, the heteroatom(s) are selected from one or two heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S.
  • heterocyclyl rings include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, acridinyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, dioxolanyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, morpholinyl, oxiranyl, oxepanyl, thiepanyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, dioxopiperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolidionyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, 1,3-dioxinyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1 ,4-dioxinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, 1,3-oxathianyl, 1,4- oxathiinyl, 1,4-oxathianyl, 2H-l,2-oxazinyl, trioxanyl, a
  • a "(heterocyclyl)alkyl” is a heterocyclyl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group. Examples include, but are not limited to, imidazolinylmethyl and indolinylethyl.
  • Non-limiting examples include formyl, acetyl, propanoyl, benzoyl, and acryl.
  • a "cyano” group refers to a "-CN” group.
  • a "cyanato” group refers to an "-OCN” group.
  • An "isocyanato” group refers to a "-NCO” group.
  • a "thiocyanato" group refers to a "-SCN” group.
  • a “sulfonyl” group refers to an "-SO2 " group in which R is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted Ce-w aryl, optionally substituted 5- 10 membered heteroaryl, and optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
  • S-sulfonamido refers to a "-S02NRA B" group in which RA and R B are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted Ce-w aryl, optionally substituted 5- 10 membered heteroaryl, and optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
  • RA and R B are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted Ce-w aryl, optionally substituted 5- 10 membered heteroaryl, and optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocycly
  • N-sulfonamido refers to a "-N(RA)S02RB” group in which RA and R B are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted Ce-w aryl, optionally substituted 5- 10 membered heteroaryl, and optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
  • An “amino” group refers to a "-NR A R B " group in which R A and R B are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted Cj_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted Ce-w aryl, optionally substituted 5- 10 membered heteroaryl, and optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl as defined herein.
  • a non-limiting example includes free amino (i.e., -NH 2 ).
  • aminoalkyl refers to an amino group connected via an alkylene group.
  • alkoxyalkyl refers to an alkoxy group connected via an alkylene group, such as a “C2-8 alkoxyalkyl” and the like.
  • a substituted group is derived from the unsubstituted parent group in which there has been an exchange of one or more hydrogen atoms for another atom or group. Unless otherwise indicated, when a group is deemed to be "substituted,” it is meant that the group is substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from C 1 -C6 alkyl, C 1 -C6 alkenyl, Q-C6 alkynyl, C 1 -C6 heteroalkyl, C3-C7 carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, C 1 -C6 alkyl, C 1 -C6 alkoxy, C 1 -C6 haloalkyl, and C 1 -C6 haloalkoxy), C3-C7-carbocyclyl-Ci- C6-alkyl (optionally substituted with halo, Q-C6 alkyl, C 1 -C6 alkoxy, Q-C6 halo
  • radical naming conventions can include either a mono-radical or a di-radical, depending on the context.
  • a substituent requires two points of attachment to the rest of the molecule, it is understood that the substituent is a di-radical.
  • a substituent identified as alkyl that requires two points of attachment includes di-radicals such as -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -, and the like.
  • Other radical naming conventions clearly indicate that the radical is a di-radical such as "alkylene” or "alkenylene.”
  • R 1 and R2 are defined as selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, or R 1 and R2 are defined as selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, or R 1 and R2 are defined as selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, or R 1 and R2 are defined as selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, or R 1 and R2 are defined as selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, or R 1 and R2 are defined as selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, or R 1 and
  • R 2 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl, it is meant that R 1 and R can be selected from hydrogen or alkyl, or alternatively, the substructure has structure:
  • ring A is a heteroaryl ring containing the depicted nitrogen.
  • R 1 and R z are defined as selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, or R 1 and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form an aryl or carbocylyl, it is meant that
  • R and R" can be selected from hydrogen or alkyl, or alternatively, the substructure has structure:
  • A is an aryl ring or a carbocylyl containing the depicted double bond.
  • a substituent is depicted as a di-radical (i.e. , has two points of attachment to the rest of the molecule), it is to be understood that the substituent can be attached in any directional configuration unless otherwise indicated.
  • a substituent depicted as -AE- or v 3 ⁇ 4 A ⁇ E A includes the substituent being oriented such that the A is attached at the leftmost attachment point of the molecule as well as the case in which A is attached at the rightmost attachment point of the molecule.
  • isosteres of a chemical group are other chemical groups that exhibit the same or similar properties.
  • tetrazole is an isostere of carboxylic acid because it mimics the properties of carboxylic acid even though they both have very different molecular formulae. Tetrazole is one of many possible isosteric replacements for carboxylic acid.
  • carboxylic acid isosteres contemplated include -SO 3 H, -SO2HNR, -P(3 ⁇ 4(R)2, - P0 3 (R) 2 , -CONHNHSO2R, -COHNSO2R, and -CONRCN, where R is selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, carbocyclyl, Ce-w aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
  • carboxylic acid isosteres can include 5-7 membered carbocycles or heterocycles containing any combination of C3 ⁇ 4, O, S, or N in any chemically stable oxidation state, where any of the atoms of said ring structure are optionally substituted in one or more positions.
  • the following structures are non-limiting examples of carbocyclic and heterocyclic isosteres contemplated.
  • the atoms of said ring structure may be optionally substituted at one or more positions with R as defined above.
  • the placement of one or more R substituents upon a carbocyclic or heterocyclic carboxylic acid isostere is not a substitution at one or more atom(s) that maintain(s) or is/are integral to the carboxylic acid isosteric properties of the compound, if such substituent(s) would destroy the carboxylic acid isosteric properties of the compound.
  • Subject as used herein, means a human or a non-human mammal, e.g., a dog, a cat, a mouse, a rat, a cow, a sheep, a pig, a goat, a non-human primate or a bird, e.g., a chicken, as well as any other vertebrate or invertebrate.
  • mammal is used in its usual biological sense. Thus, it specifically includes, but is not limited to, primates, including simians (chimpanzees, apes, monkeys) and humans, cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine, rabbits, dogs, cats, rodents, rats, mice guinea pigs, or the like.
  • primates including simians (chimpanzees, apes, monkeys) and humans, cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine, rabbits, dogs, cats, rodents, rats, mice guinea pigs, or the like.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents and the like.
  • the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated.
  • various adjuvants such as are commonly used in the art may be included. Considerations for the inclusion of various components in pharmaceutical compositions are described, e.g., in Gilman et al. (Eds.) (1990); Goodman and Gilman's: The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 8th Ed., Pergamon Press.
  • a therapeutic effect relieves, to some extent, one or more of the symptoms of a disease or condition, and includes curing a disease or condition. "Curing” means that the symptoms of a disease or condition are eliminated; however, certain long-term or permanent effects may exist even after a cure is obtained (such as extensive tissue damage).
  • Treatment refers to administering a compound or pharmaceutical composition to a subject for prophylactic and/or therapeutic purposes.
  • prophylactic treatment refers to treating a subject who does not yet exhibit symptoms of a disease or condition, but who is susceptible to, or otherwise at risk of, a particular disease or condition, whereby the treatment reduces the likelihood that the patient will develop the disease or condition.
  • therapeutic treatment refers to administering treatment to a subject already suffering from a disease or condition.
  • the compounds disclosed herein may exist as individual enantiomers and diastereomers or as mixtures of such isomers, including racemates. Separation of the individual isomers or selective synthesis of the individual isomers is accomplished by application of various methods which are well known to practitioners in the art. Unless otherwise indicated, all such isomers and mixtures thereof are included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein. Furthermore, compounds disclosed herein may exist in one or more crystalline or amorphous forms. Unless otherwise indicated, all such forms are included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein including any polymorphic forms. In addition, some of the compounds disclosed herein may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents. Unless otherwise indicated, such solvates are included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein.
  • Isotopes may be present in the compounds described. Each chemical element as represented in a compound structure may include any isotope of said element.
  • a hydrogen atom may be explicitly disclosed or understood to be present in the compound.
  • the hydrogen atom can be any isotope of hydrogen, including but not limited to hydrogen- 1 (protium) and hydrogen-2 (deuterium).
  • reference herein to a compound encompasses all potential isotopic forms unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
  • a "prodrug” refers to an agent that is converted into the parent drug in vivo. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent drug. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent is not. The prodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug.
  • An example, without limitation, of a prodrug would be a compound which is administered as an ester (the "prodrug") to facilitate transmittal across a cell membrane where water solubility is detrimental to mobility but which then is metabolically hydrolyzed to the carboxylic acid, the active entity, once inside the cell where water- solubility is beneficial.
  • a further example of a prodrug might be a short peptide (polyaminoacid) bonded to an acid group where the peptide is metabolized to reveal the active moiety.
  • a prodrug derivative Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in Design of Prodrugs, (ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985), which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • pro-drug ester refers to derivatives of the compounds disclosed herein formed by the addition of any of several ester-forming groups that are hydrolyzed under physiological conditions.
  • pro-drug ester groups include pivoyloxymethyl, acetoxymethyl, phthalidyl, indanyl and methoxymethyl, as well as other such groups known in the art, including a (5-R-2-oxo-l,3-dioxolen-4-yl)methyl group.
  • Other examples of pro-drug ester groups can be found in, for example, T. Higuchi and V. Stella, in "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems", Vol. 14, A.C.S.
  • Methodabolites of the compounds disclosed herein include active species that are produced upon introduction of the compounds into the biological milieu.
  • Solvate refers to the compound formed by the interaction of a solvent and a compound described herein, a metabolite, or salt thereof. Suitable solvates are pharmaceutically acceptable solvates including hydrates.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to salts that retain the biological effectiveness and properties of a compound, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable for use in a pharmaceutical.
  • the compounds herein are capable of forming acid and/or base salts by virtue of the presence of amino and/or carboxyl groups or groups similar thereto.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts can be formed with inorganic acids and organic acids. Inorganic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
  • Organic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be formed with inorganic and organic bases.
  • Inorganic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum, and the like; particularly preferred are the ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium and magnesium salts.
  • Organic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, basic ion exchange resins, and the like, specifically such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and ethanolamine.
  • each of Z ® and R may be independently selected from an alkali metal cation or an ammodium cation (NH 4 + ).
  • each of Z ® and R may be indpendently selected from an alkali metal cation or an ammodium cation (NH/ t + ).
  • R may be indpendently an alkali metal cation or an ammodium cation (NH/ t + ).
  • the compounds disclosed herein may be synthesized by methods described below, or by modification of these methods. Ways of modifying the methodology include, among others, temperature, solvent, reagents etc., known to those skilled in the art.
  • Ways of modifying the methodology include, among others, temperature, solvent, reagents etc., known to those skilled in the art.
  • it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry (ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973); and P.G.M. Green, T.W.
  • protecting groups for oxygen atoms are selected for their compatibility with the requisite synthetic steps as well as compatibility of the introduction and deprotection steps with the overall synthetic schemes (P.G.M. Green, T.W. Wutts, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis (3rd ed.) Wiley, New York (1999)). Handling of protecting and/or sterodirecting groups specific to boronic acid derivatives is described in a recent review of chemistry of boronic acids: D.G. Hall (Ed.), Boronic Acids. Preparation and Application in Organic Synthesis and Medicine, Wiley VCH (2005) and in earlier reviews: Matteson, D. S. (1988). Asymmetric synthesis with boronic esters.
  • Compounds of formula IX can be made starting from protected aryl or heteroaryl precursors of formula 1-1 via Z-vinyl boronate (1-3) followed by cyclopropanation and deprotection.
  • the compounds of formula 1-3 may be attained from 1-2 (where X is halogen), which may be made by means of known methods of Z-haloalkene formation ⁇ Tetrahedron Lett., 2001, 42, 3893-3896) with conventional protecting groups for R', R", and R' ", such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry (ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum, 1973, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety); and Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis P.G.M.
  • Aryl compounds of formula 1-2 upon borylation by well-known available methods ⁇ Chem. Rev. 2010, 110, 890-931, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) and boronate ester formation with desired chiral auxiliary give intermediates of formula 1-3.
  • vinyl boronate derivative 1-3 can also be made via acetylene derivative of formula 1-5, which can be made from compounds of formula 1-1 by acetylene coupling such as in Sonogoshira reaction.
  • Phenyl acetylene derivatives of formula 1-5 can be transformed into Z-vinylboronates (1-3) by ruthenium hydride pincer complex catalysed addition of pinacolborane to terminal alkynes. (/. Am. Chem. Soc , 2012, 134, 14349-14352).
  • a Cu- catalysed Z-selective hydroboration of alkynes with 1,8-diaminonaphthaleneborane may also be utilized to make compounds of formula 1-3 from terminal alkynes (1-5) ⁇ Org. Lett , 2016, 18, 1390-1393).
  • Terminal acetylenes of formula 1-5 can be selectively transformed under silver catalyzed hydroboration conditions to compounds of formula 1-6 (Tetrahedron, 2014, 70, 5815- 5819).
  • Such alkynyl boronates of formula 1-6 can be reduced stereoselectively to the cw-alkenyl pinacolboronates (1-3) via hydroboration with dicyclohexylborane (/. Org. Chem. , 2008, 73, 6841-6844).
  • Cyclopropanation of compounds of formula 1-3 to 1-4 may be attained by palladium or Zn mediated carbene additions (/. Am. Chem. Soc, 2015, 137, 13176-13182). Such transformations can also be done to give compounds of 1-4 in high enantioselectivity (Tetrahedron, 2008, 64, 7041-7095; Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2000, 2557-2562). Alternatively, dimethyloxosulfonium methylide also reacts with enones to undergo 1,4-addition followed by ring closure to give a cyclopropane derivatives (Tetrahedron Lett. , 2003, 44, 3629-3630).
  • a phosphate carbenoid (RO) 2 P(0)OZnCH 2 I (/. Org. Chem. , 2010, 75, 1244-1250; Org. Process Res. Dev. , 2016, 20, 786-798) that can be stored may be utilized in such cyclopropanations from 1-3 to 1-4.
  • Iodonium ylides derived from malonate methyl ester may also be utilized for higher reactivity in the Rh catalyzed cyclopropanation (Org. Lett. , 2012, 14, 317-3173).
  • compounds of formula IX can be made via a convergent approach from intermediates II-3 and II-4 as shown in Scheme 2.
  • Salicylic acid derivatives of formula II-4 where Y is a leaving group undergo coupling reaction with Reformatsky reagent of II-3 in Negishi conditions to give intermediates of formula II-5 (Tetrahedron, 2014, 1508-1515; /. Org. Chem. , 2013, 78, 8250-8266, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • Intermediates of formula II-4 where Y is - B(OH)2 undergo palladium mediated Suzuki type cross-coupling with II-3 (/. Org. Chem.
  • compounds of formula XI can be made via borylation followed by cyclopropanation from acetylene intermediate III-2 as shown in Scheme 3.
  • Acetylene intermediates of formula III-2 can be made from oxidation of intermediates of III-l followed by Corey-Fuchs method (Org. Synth. 2005, 81, 1). Alternatively, aldehydes of III-l can also be transformed to III-2 by treating with dimethyl- 1- (l-diazo-2-oxopropyl)phosphonate (/. Am. Chem. Soc, 2003, 125, 3714-3715). Such acetylene intermediates of III-2 can be further converted to compounds of XI via borylation, cyclopropanation and deprotection sequence as described above in Scheme 1. tion
  • Compounds of formula IV-2 (embodiments of compounds of Formula III), IV-4 (embodiments of compounds of Formula I), and IV-6 (embodiments of compounds of Formula I), may be prepared from appropriately protected vinyl boronate intermediates of formula IV-1 (prepared in Scheme 1) as shown in Scheme 4. Derivatives of formula IV-1 can be directly transformed to vinyl boronates of IV-2 by deprotection in the conditions described above in scheme 1. Intermediates of formula IV-1 may be treated with diazoacetates ⁇ Tetrahedron, 2008, 64, 7041-7095) to undergo cyclopropanation followed by selective ester deprotection to carboxylic acid intermediates of formula IV-3.
  • Such carboxylic acids undergo amide formation followed by deprotection to give amide analogs of formula IV-4 (Org. Process Res. Dev. , 2016, 20, 140-177).
  • the carboxylic acids of IV-3 may be converted to carbamates (IV-5) via Curtius rearrangement (Chem. Rev. 1988, 88, 297-368; Org. Lett., 2005, 4107-4110; Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2009, 5998 -6008 which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • Intermediates of IV-5 upon selective hydrolysis of carbamate followed by appropriate amide formation give compounds of formula IV-6.
  • Compounds of formula IV-5 may also be transformed to compounds of formula IX where Y 5 is -NHC(0)-0- by hydrolysis.
  • Intermediates of formula V-3 may be prepared as shown in Scheme 5.
  • V-3 may be used in the preparation of compound of formula IX.
  • Such intermediates of formula V-3 can be synthesized from V-2 where X' is a triflate or bromo or iodo group.
  • Synthesis of boronates of V-3 may be achieved via Miyaura borylation reaction by cross-coupling of bis(pinacolato)diboron ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ 3 ⁇ 4) with aryl halides (/. Org. Chem. , 1995, 60, 7508-7510).
  • prodrugs include but are not limited to substituted or non-substituted alkyl esters, (acyloxy)alkyl (Synthesis 2012, 44, 207, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), [(alkoxycarbonyl)oxy]methyl esters (WO10097675, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), or (oxodioxolyl)methyl esters (/. Med. Chem. 1996, 39, 323-338, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • R H by treatment with acid or in neutral conditions (e.g., carbodiimide coupling) in the presence of alcohols (ROH) or via base promoted esterification with RX where X is a leaving group in the presence of an appropriate base.
  • VI-1 Formula IX [0154]
  • One exemplary but non-limiting general synthetic scheme for preparing prodrugs is shown in Scheme 6.
  • the boronic acid of formula VI-1 where R is hydrogen can react with a chloro/bromo-substituted prodrug moiety to form a prodrug of formula IX where R is a prodrug moiety.
  • Examples of the prodrug moiety R can be -C 1 _ 9 alkyl, -CR 10 R 11 OC(O)C 1 _
  • boronate derivatives of formula VII-1 where Z is a boronate ester of pinacol or pinanediol or boramide of 1,8-diaminonaphthalene may be also utilized for introduction of prodrugs and convert them to final prodrugs as shown in Scheme 7.
  • Such carboxylic acids (VII-1) can be made from compounds of formula 1-4 by selective deprotection of OR'.
  • the prodrug group may also be introduced earlier in the sequence in compounds of formula 1-1 where R' is R. Such sequence where prodrug is introduced in earlier intermediates is only feasible when the ester is stable under the final deprotection conditions to remove the phenol protective group and boronate ester group.
  • a daily dose may be from about 0.25 mg/kg to about 120 mg/kg or more of body weight, from about 0.5 mg/kg or less to about 70 mg/kg, from about 1.0 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg of body weight, or from about 1.5 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg of body weight.
  • the dosage range would be from about 17 mg per day to about 8000 mg per day, from about 35 mg per day or less to about 7000 mg per day or more, from about 70 mg per day to about 6000 mg per day, from about 100 mg per day to about 5000 mg per day, or from about 200 mg to about 3000 mg per day.
  • the amount of active compound administered will, of course, be dependent on the subject and disease state being treated, the severity of the affliction, the manner and schedule of administration and the judgment of the prescribing physician.
  • Administration of the compounds disclosed herein or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be via any of the accepted modes of administration for agents that serve similar utilities including, but not limited to, orally, subcutaneously, intravenously, intranasally, topically, transdermally, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, intrapulmonarilly, vaginally, rectally, or intraocularly. Oral and parenteral administrations are customary in treating the indications that are the subject of the preferred embodiments.
  • compositions comprising: (a) a safe and therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein (including enantiomers, diastereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, and solvates thereof), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; and (b) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient or combination thereof.
  • compositions containing a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier include compositions containing a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated. In addition, various adjuvants such as are commonly used in the art may be included. Considerations for the inclusion of various components in pharmaceutical compositions are described, e.g., in Gilman et al. (Eds.) (1990); Goodman and Gilman's: The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 8th Ed., Pergamon Press, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • substances which can serve as pharmaceutically- acceptable carriers or components thereof, are sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, and methyl cellulose; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; solid lubricants, such as stearic acid and magnesium stearate; calcium sulfate; vegetable oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and oil of theobroma; polyols such as propylene glycol, glycerine, sorbitol, mannitol, and polyethylene glycol; alginic acid; emulsifiers, such as the TWEENS; wetting agents, such sodium lauryl sulfate; coloring agents; flavoring agents; tableting agents, stabilizers; antioxidants; preservatives; pyr
  • a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier to be used in conjunction with the subject compound is basically determined by the way the compound is to be administered.
  • compositions described herein are preferably provided in unit dosage form.
  • a "unit dosage form" is a composition containing an amount of a compound that is suitable for administration to an animal, preferably mammal subject, in a single dose, according to good medical practice.
  • the preparation of a single or unit dosage form does not imply that the dosage form is administered once per day or once per course of therapy.
  • Such dosage forms are contemplated to be administered once, twice, thrice or more per day and may be administered as infusion over a period of time (e.g., from about 30 minutes to about 2-6 hours), or administered as a continuous infusion, and may be given more than once during a course of therapy, though a single administration is not specifically excluded.
  • the skilled artisan will recognize that the formulation does not specifically contemplate the entire course of therapy and such decisions are left for those skilled in the art of treatment rather than formulation.
  • compositions useful as described above may be in any of a variety of suitable forms for a variety of routes for administration, for example, for oral, nasal, rectal, topical (including transdermal), ocular, intracerebral, intracranial, intrathecal, intra-arterial, intravenous, intramuscular, or other parental routes of administration.
  • routes for administration for example, for oral, nasal, rectal, topical (including transdermal), ocular, intracerebral, intracranial, intrathecal, intra-arterial, intravenous, intramuscular, or other parental routes of administration.
  • oral and nasal compositions comprise compositions that are administered by inhalation, and made using available methodologies.
  • a variety of pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers well-known in the art may be used.
  • Pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include, for example, solid or liquid fillers, diluents, hydrotropies, surface-active agents, and encapsulating substances.
  • Optional pharmaceutically-active materials may be included, which do not substantially interfere with the inhibitory activity of the compound.
  • the amount of carrier employed in conjunction with the compound is sufficient to provide a practical quantity of material for administration per unit dose of the compound.
  • Various oral dosage forms can be used, including such solid forms as tablets, capsules, granules and bulk powders. Tablets can be compressed, tablet triturates, enteric- coated, sugar-coated, film-coated, or multiple-compressed, containing suitable binders, lubricants, diluents, disintegrating agents, coloring agents, flavoring agents, flow-inducing agents, and melting agents.
  • Liquid oral dosage forms include aqueous solutions, emulsions, suspensions, solutions and/or suspensions reconstituted from non-effervescent granules, and effervescent preparations reconstituted from effervescent granules, containing suitable solvents, preservatives, emulsifying agents, suspending agents, diluents, sweeteners, melting agents, coloring agents and flavoring agents.
  • the pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier suitable for the preparation of unit dosage forms for peroral administration is well-known in the art.
  • Tablets typically comprise conventional pharmaceutically-compatible adjuvants as inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, mannitol, lactose and cellulose; binders such as starch, gelatin and sucrose; disintegrants such as starch, alginic acid and croscarmelose; lubricants such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid and talc.
  • Glidants such as silicon dioxide can be used to improve flow characteristics of the powder mixture.
  • Coloring agents such as the FD&C dyes, can be added for appearance.
  • Sweeteners and flavoring agents such as aspartame, saccharin, menthol, peppermint, and fruit flavors, are useful adjuvants for chewable tablets.
  • Capsules typically comprise one or more solid diluents disclosed above. The selection of carrier components depends on secondary considerations like taste, cost, and shelf stability, which are not critical, and can be readily made by a person skilled in the art.
  • Peroral compositions also include liquid solutions, emulsions, suspensions, and the like.
  • the pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers suitable for preparation of such compositions are well known in the art.
  • Typical components of carriers for syrups, elixirs, emulsions and suspensions include ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, liquid sucrose, sorbitol and water.
  • typical suspending agents include methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, AVICEL RC-591, tragacanth and sodium alginate;
  • typical wetting agents include lecithin and polysorbate 80; and typical preservatives include methyl paraben and sodium benzoate.
  • Peroral liquid compositions may also contain one or more components such as sweeteners, flavoring agents and colorants disclosed above.
  • compositions may also be coated by conventional methods, typically with pH or time-dependent coatings, such that the subject compound is released in the gastrointestinal tract in the vicinity of the desired topical application, or at various times to extend the desired action.
  • dosage forms typically include, but are not limited to, one or more of cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinylacetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate, ethyl cellulose, Eudragit coatings, waxes and shellac.
  • compositions described herein may optionally include other drug actives.
  • compositions useful for attaining systemic delivery of the subject compounds include sublingual, buccal and nasal dosage forms.
  • Such compositions typically comprise one or more of soluble filler substances such as sucrose, sorbitol and mannitol; and binders such as acacia, microcrystalline cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose. Glidants, lubricants, sweeteners, colorants, antioxidants and flavoring agents disclosed above may also be included.
  • a liquid composition which is formulated for topical ophthalmic use, is formulated such that it can be administered topically to the eye.
  • the comfort should be maximized as much as possible, although sometimes formulation considerations (e.g. drug stability) may necessitate less than optimal comfort.
  • the liquid should be formulated such that the liquid is tolerable to the patient for topical ophthalmic use.
  • an ophthalmically acceptable liquid should either be packaged for single use, or contain a preservative to prevent contamination over multiple uses.
  • solutions or medicaments are often prepared using a physiological saline solution as a major vehicle.
  • Ophthalmic solutions should preferably be maintained at a comfortable pH with an appropriate buffer system.
  • the formulations may also contain conventional, pharmaceutically acceptable preservatives, stabilizers and surfactants.
  • Preservatives that may be used in the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, benzalkonium chloride, PHMB, chlorobutanol, thimerosal, phenylmercuric, acetate and phenylmercuric nitrate.
  • a useful surfactant is, for example, Tween 80.
  • various useful vehicles may be used in the ophthalmic preparations disclosed herein. These vehicles include, but are not limited to, polyvinyl alcohol, povidone, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, poloxamers, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose and purified water.
  • Tonicity adjustors may be added as needed or convenient. They include, but are not limited to, salts, particularly sodium chloride, potassium chloride, mannitol and glycerin, or any other suitable ophthalmically acceptable tonicity adjustor.
  • buffers include acetate buffers, citrate buffers, phosphate buffers and borate buffers. Acids or bases may be used to adjust the pH of these formulations as needed.
  • an ophthalmically acceptable antioxidant includes, but is not limited to, sodium metabisulfite, sodium thiosulfate, acetylcysteine, butylated hydroxyanisole and butylated hydroxytoluene.
  • excipient components which may be included in the ophthalmic preparations, are chelating agents.
  • a useful chelating agent is edetate disodium, although other chelating agents may also be used in place or in conjunction with it.
  • Topical formulations may generally be comprised of a pharmaceutical carrier, co-solvent, emulsifier, penetration enhancer, preservative system, and emollient.
  • the compounds and compositions described herein may be dissolved or dispersed in a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, such as a saline or dextrose solution.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent such as a saline or dextrose solution.
  • Suitable excipients may be included to achieve the desired pH, including but not limited to NaOH, sodium carbonate, sodium acetate, HC1, and citric acid.
  • the pH of the final composition ranges from 2 to 8, or preferably from 4 to 7.
  • Antioxidant excipients may include sodium bisulfite, acetone sodium bisulfite, sodium formaldehyde, sulfoxylate, thiourea, and EDTA.
  • excipients found in the final intravenous composition may include sodium or potassium phosphates, citric acid, tartaric acid, gelatin, and carbohydrates such as dextrose, mannitol, and dextran. Further acceptable excipients are described in Powell, et al., Compendium of Excipients for Parenteral Formulations, PDA J Pharm Sci and Tech 1998, 52 238-311 and Nema et al., Excipients and Their Role in Approved Injectable Products: Current Usage and Future Directions, PDA J Pharm Sci and Tech 2011, 65 287-332, both of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • Antimicrobial agents may also be included to achieve a bacteriostatic or fungistatic solution, including but not limited to phenylmercuric nitrate, thimerosal, benzethonium chloride, benzalkonium chloride, phenol, cresol, and chlorobutanol.
  • compositions for intravenous administration may be provided to caregivers in the form of one more solids that are reconstituted with a suitable diluent such as sterile water, saline or dextrose in water shortly prior to administration.
  • a suitable diluent such as sterile water, saline or dextrose in water shortly prior to administration.
  • the compositions are provided in solution ready to administer parenterally.
  • the compositions are provided in a solution that is further diluted prior to administration.
  • the combination may be provided to caregivers as a mixture, or the caregivers may mix the two agents prior to administration, or the two agents may be administered separately.
  • the actual dose of the active compounds described herein depends on the specific compound, and on the condition to be treated; the selection of the appropriate dose is well within the knowledge of the skilled artisan.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention include methods of treating bacterial infections with the compounds and compositions comprising the compounds described herein. Some methods include administering a compound, composition, pharmaceutical composition described herein to a subject in need thereof.
  • a subject can be an animal, e.g., a mammal (including a human).
  • the bacterial infection comprises a bacteria described herein.
  • methods of treating a bacterial infection include methods for preventing bacterial infection in a subject at risk thereof.
  • the subject is a human.
  • Further embodiments include administering a combination of compounds to a subject in need thereof.
  • a combination can include a compound, composition, pharmaceutical composition described herein with an additional medicament.
  • Some embodiments include co-administering a compound, composition, and/or pharmaceutical composition described herein, with an additional medicament.
  • coadministration it is meant that the two or more agents may be found in the patient's bloodstream at the same time, regardless of when or how they are actually administered.
  • the agents are administered simultaneously.
  • administration in combination is accomplished by combining the agents in a single dosage form.
  • the agents are administered sequentially.
  • the agents are administered through the same route, such as orally.
  • the agents are administered through different routes, such as one being administered orally and another being administered intravenous (i.v.).
  • Examples of additional medicaments include an antibacterial agent, antifungal agent, an antiviral agent, an anti-inflammatory agent and an anti-allergic agent.
  • Preferred embodiments include combinations of a compound, composition or pharmaceutical composition described herein with an antibacterial agent such as a ⁇ -lactam.
  • ⁇ -lactams include Amoxicillin, Ampicillin (e.g., Pivampicillin, Hetacillin, Bacampicillin, Metampicillin, Talampicillin), Epicillin, Carbenicillin (Carindacillin), Ticarcillin, Temocillin, Azlocillin, Piperacillin, Mezlocillin, Mecillinam (Pivmecillinam), Sulbenicillin, Benzylpenicillin (G), Clometocillin, Benzathine benzylpenicillin, Procaine benzylpenicillin, Azidocillin, Penamecillin, Phenoxymethylpenicillin (V), Propicillin, Benzathine phenoxymethylpenicillin, Pheneticillin, Cloxacillin (e.g., Dicloxacillin, Flucloxacillin), Ox
  • Preferred embodiments include ⁇ -lactams such as Ceftazidime, Biapenem, Doripenem, Ertapenem, Imipenem, Meropenem, Tebipenem, Tebipenem pivoxil, Apapenem, and Panipenem.
  • ⁇ -lactams such as Ceftazidime, Biapenem, Doripenem, Ertapenem, Imipenem, Meropenem, Tebipenem, Tebipenem pivoxil, Apapenem, and Panipenem.
  • Additional preferred embodiments include ⁇ -lactams such as Aztreonam, Tigemonam, and Carumonam.
  • Some embodiments include a combination of the compounds, compositions and/or pharmaceutical compositions described herein with an additional agent, wherein the additional agent comprises a monobactam.
  • additional agent comprises a monobactam.
  • monobactams include aztreonam, tigemonam, nocardicin A, carumonam, and tabtoxin.
  • the compound, composition and/or pharmaceutical composition comprises a class A, C, or D beta- lactamase inhibitor.
  • Some embodiments include co-administering the compound, composition or pharmaceutical composition described herein with one or more additional agents.
  • Some embodiments include a combination of the compounds, compositions and/or pharmaceutical compositions described herein with an additional agent, wherein the additional agent comprises a class B beta lactamase inhibitor.
  • a class B beta lactamase inhibitor includes ME1071 (Yoshikazu Ishii et al, "In Vitro Potentiation of Carbapenems with ME1071, a Novel Metallo-6-Lactamase Inhibitor, against Metallo- ⁇ - lactamase Producing Pseudomonas aeruginosa Clinical Isolates.” Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. doi:10.1128/AAC.01397-09 (July 2010)).
  • Some embodiments include coadministering the compound, composition or pharmaceutical composition described herein with one or more additional agents.
  • Some embodiments include a combination of the compounds, compositions and/or pharmaceutical compositions described herein with an additional agent, wherein the additional agent comprises one or more agents that include a class A, B, C, or D beta lactamase inhibitor. Some embodiments include co-administering the compound, composition or pharmaceutical composition described herein with the one or more additional agents.
  • Bacterial infections that can be treated with the compounds, compositions and methods described herein can comprise a wide spectrum of bacteria.
  • Example organisms include gram-positive bacteria, gram-negative bacteria, aerobic and anaerobic bacteria, such as Staphylococcus, Lactobacillus, Streptococcus, Sarcina, Escherichia, Enterobacter, Klebsiella, Pseudomonas, Acinetobacter, Mycobacterium, Proteus, Campylobacter, Citrobacter, Nisseria, Baccillus, Bacteroides, Peptococcus, Clostridium, Salmonella, Shigella, Serratia, Haemophilus, Brucella and other organisms.
  • More examples of bacterial infections include Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pseudomonas fluorescens, Pseudomonas acidovorans, Pseudomonas alcaligenes, Pseudomonas putida, Stenotrophomonas maltophilia, Burkholderia cepacia, Aeromonas hydrophilia, Escherichia coli, Citrobacter freundii, Salmonella typhimurium, Salmonella typhi, Salmonella paratyphi, Salmonella enteritidis, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella flexneri, Shigella sonnei, Enterobacter cloacae, Enterobacter aerogenes, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Klebsiella oxytoca, Serratia marcescens, Francisella tularensis, Morganella morganii, Proteus mirabilis, Prote
  • a 10-mL syringe filled with trifluoroacetic anhydride (11.25 mL, 81 mmol, 2 eq) and a 20-mL syringe filled with acetone (17 mL, 232 mmol, 5.7 eq) were added simultaneously via syringe pump over 24 hours to a clear solution of IB (10 g, 40 mmol) in TFA (10 mL) at 70°C. After 1 hour, the starting material began to crystallize out. TFA (5 mL) was added, affording a clear solution. After another hour at 70°C the solution became slightly heterogeneous. Upon completion of the addition, HPLC showed 89: 11 product to starting material.
  • Compound 4A was prepared from Boc-t-Butyl ester intermediate (previously disclosed in WO 2015/179308) by TFA deprotection followed by isopropylidene protection as described in step 2 of Example 1.
  • the biphasic orange reaction mixture was cooled to rt and filtered over Celite 545 (2 g). The flask and pad were rinsed with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL). The filtrate was partitioned. The organic layer was washed with water (60 mL), then concentrated to dryness. The orange solid was taken up in 3/7 1 -propanol/water (80 mL) and heated at 90°C. A biphasic solution was obtained. Propanol (6 mL) was added to get a homogeneous solution. Upon cooling, at 60°C, a biphasic mixture was obtained. Seeds were added and the mixture was allowed to cool to 50°C; a heterogeneous mixture was obtained.
  • Step 1 Synthesis of 12A and 12B
  • Step 1 Synthesis of compounds 16A and 16B
  • Step 8 Synthesis of compound 201
  • the reaction mixture was purified by prep-HPLC (C18, 250 x 21 mm, 0.1% formic acid in both acetonitrile and water ) to give the free acid compound 20 (34 mg, 94%).
  • the acid product (34 mg, 0.16 mmol) in acetonitrile/water (1 :2, 5 mL) was treated with 0.1 N NaOH (3.5 mL), and stirred for 4h, and lyophilized to give sodium salt compound 20' (50.6 mg) as an off-white solid.
  • a 10 mL-flask was flame-dried under vacuum, back-filled with nitrogen and cooled to rt.
  • the flask was charged with compound 13 (100 mg, 0.45 mmol, 1 eq.), potassium carbonate (186 mg, 1.35 mmol, 3 eq.), and potassium iodide (224 mg, 1.35 mmol, 3 eq.).
  • the reaction flask was placed under vacuum and back-filled with nitrogen three times.
  • Anhydrous DMF (2 mL, 0.25 M) followed by freshly prepared chloride (0.90 mmol, 2 eq.) were added via syringe under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 12 hrs under a nitrogen balloon.
  • ⁇ -lactamase inhibitors were determined by assessing their aztreonam potentiation activity in a dose titration potentiation assay using strains of various bacteria that are resistant to aztreonam due to expression of various ⁇ - lactamases.
  • Aztreonam is a monobactam antibiotic and is hydrolyzed by the majority of beta- lactamases that belong to class A or C (but not class B or D).
  • the potentiation effect was observed as the ability of BLI compounds to inhibit growth in the presence of sub-inhibitory concentration of aztreonam.
  • MICs of test strains varied from 64 ⁇ g/mL to > 128 ⁇ g/mL.
  • Aztreonam was present in the test medium at 4 ⁇ g/mL. Compounds were tested at concentrations up to 40 ⁇ g/mL. In this assay, potency of compounds was reported as the minimum concentration of BLI required to inhibit growth of bacteria in the presence of 4 ⁇ g/mL of aztreonam (MPC@/ t ). Table 2 summarizes the BLI potency of aztreonam potentiation (MPC@/ t ) for various strains overexpressing class A (ESBL and KPC), and class C beta- lactamases. Aztreonam MIC for each strain is also shown. Table 2. Activity of BLIs to potentiate aztreonam against strains expressing class A and class C enzymes.
  • Selected ⁇ -lactamase inhibitors were also tested for their ability to potentiate the monobactam tigemonam.
  • the potentiation effect was observed as the ability of BLI compounds to inhibit growth in the presence of sub-inhibitory concentration of tigemonam.
  • MICs of test strains varied from 16 ⁇ g/mL to > 64 ⁇ g/mL.
  • Tigemonam was present in the test medium at 4 ⁇ g/mL.
  • Compounds were tested at concentrations up to 40 ⁇ g/mL.
  • potency of compounds was reported as the minimum concentration of BLI required to inhibit growth of bacteria in the presence of 4 ⁇ g/mL of aztreonam (MPC@ 4 ).
  • Table 3 summarizes the BLI potency of tigemonam potentiation (MPC@ 4 ) for various strains overexpressing class A (ESBL) and class C beta-lactamases. Tigemonam MIC for each strain is also shown.

Abstract

Disclosed herein are antimicrobial compounds compositions, pharmaceutical compositions, the method of use and preparation thereof. Some embodiments relate to boronic acid derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents, for example, β-lactamase inhibitors (BLIs).

Description

BORONIC ACID DERIVATIVES AND THERAPEUTIC USES THEREOF
BACKGROUND
Field
[0001] The present application relates to the fields of chemistry and medicine. More particularly, the present application relates to boronic acid antimicrobial compounds, compositions, their preparation, and their use as therapeutic agents.
Description of the Related Art
[0002] Antibiotics have been effective tools in the treatment of infectious diseases during the last half-century. From the development of antibiotic therapy to the late 1980s there was almost complete control over bacterial infections in developed countries. However, in response to the pressure of antibiotic usage, multiple resistance mechanisms have become widespread and are threatening the clinical utility of anti-bacterial therapy. The increase in antibiotic resistant strains has been particularly common in major hospitals and care centers. The consequences of the increase in resistant strains include higher morbidity and mortality, longer patient hospitalization, and an increase in treatment costs.
[0003] Various bacteria have evolved β-lactam deactivating enzymes, namely, β- lactamases, that counter the efficacy of the various β-lactam antibiotics, β-lactamases can be grouped into 4 classes based on their amino acid sequences, namely, Ambler classes A, B, C, and D. Enzymes in classes A, C, and D include active-site serine β-lactamases, and class B enzymes, which are encountered less frequently, are Zn-dependent. These enzymes catalyze the chemical degradation of β-lactam antibiotics, rendering them inactive. Some β-lactamases can be transferred within and between various bacterial strains and species. The rapid spread of bacterial resistance and the evolution of multi-resistant strains severely limits β-lactam treatment options available.
[0004] The increase of class D β-lactamase-expressing bacterium strains such as Acinetobacter baumannii has become an emerging multidrug-resistant threat. A. baumannii strains express A, C, and D class β-lactamases. The class D β-lactamases such as the OXA families are particularly effective at destroying carbapenem type β-lactam antibiotics, e.g., imipenem, the active carbapenems component of Merck's Primaxin® (Montefour, K. et al., Crit. Care Nurse 2008, 28, 15; Perez, F. et al, Expert Rev. Anti Infect. Ther. 2008, 6, 269; Bou, G.; Martinez-Beltran, J., Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 2000, 40, 428. 2006, 50, 2280; Bou, G. et al., J. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 2000, 44, 1556). This has imposed a pressing threat to the effective use of drugs in that category to treat and prevent bacterial infections. Indeed the number of catalogued serine-based β-lactamases has exploded from less than ten in the 1970s to over 300 variants. These issues fostered the development of five "generations" of cephalosporins. When initially released into clinical practice, extended-spectrum cephalosporins resisted hydrolysis by the prevalent class A β-lactamases, TEM-1 and SHV-1. However, the development of resistant strains by the evolution of single amino acid substitutions in TEM-1 and SHV-1 resulted in the emergence of the extended-spectrum β-lactamase (ESBL) phenotype.
[0005] New β-lactamases have recently evolved that hydrolyze the carbapenem class of antimicrobials, including imipenem, biapenem, doripenem, meropenem, and ertapenem, as well as other β-lactam antibiotics. These carbapenemases belong to molecular classes A, B, and D. Class A carbapenemases of the KPC-type predominantly in Klebsiella pneumoniae but now also reported in other Enterobacteriaceae, Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Acinetobacter baumannii. The KPC carbapenemase was first described in 1996 in North Carolina, but since then has disseminated widely in the US. It has been particularly problematic in the New York City area, where several reports of spread within major hospitals and patient morbidity have been reported. These enzymes have also been recently reported in France, Greece, Sweden, United Kingdom, and an outbreak in Germany has recently been reported. Treatment of resistant strains with carbapenems can be associated with poor outcomes.
[0006] The zinc-dependent class B metallo^-lactamases are represented mainly by the VIM, IMP, and NDM types. IMP and VIM-producing K. pneumonia were first observed in 1990s in Japan and 2001 in Southern Europe, respectively. IMP-positive strains remain frequent in Japan and have also caused hospital outbreaks in China and Australia. However, dissemination of IMP-producing Enterobacteriaceae in the rest of the word appears to be somewhat limited. VIM-producing enterobacteria can be frequently isolated in Mediterranean countries, reaching epidemic proportions in Greece. Isolation of VIM-producing strains remains low in Northern Europe and in the United States. In stark contrast, a characteristic of NDM- producing K. pneumonia isolates has been their rapid dissemination from their epicenter, the Indian subcontinent, to Western Europe, North America, Australia and Far East. Moreover, NDM genes have spread rapidly to various species other than K. pneumonia.
[0007] The plasmid-expressed class D carbapenemases belong to OXA-48 type. OXA-48 producing K. pneumonia was first detected in Turkey, in 2001. The Middle East and North Africa remain the main centers of infection. However, recent isolation of OXA-48-type producing organisms in India, Senegal and Argentina suggest the possibility of a global expansion. Isolation of OXA-48 in bacteria other than K. pneumonia underlines the spreading potential of OXA-48. [0008] Treatment of strains producing any of these carbapenemases with carbapenems can be associated with poor outcomes.
[0009] Another mechanism of β-lactamase mediated resistance to carbapenems involves combination of permeability or efflux mechanisms combined with hyper production of beta-lactamases. One example is the loss of a porin combined in hyperproduction of ampC beta- lactamase results in resistance to imipenem in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Efflux pump over expression combined with hyperproduction of the ampC β-lactamase can also result in resistance to a carbapenem such as meropenem.
[0010] Thus, there is a need for improved β-lactamase inhibitors (BLIs).
SUMMARY
[0011] Some embodiments described herein relate to compounds having the structure of the Formula I or II, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000004_0001
I
wherein
Y1 is N or CR4;
m is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
(a)
2 3
R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, Ce-w aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R1, R4, Ra, and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-10 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-ioalkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3- 7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6aikyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6aikoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(O)(CH2)0- SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), - NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd; or
(b)
R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R1, R2, Ra, and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ 10alkenyl, optionally substituted C2_1oalkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_ 7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6aikyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6aikoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(O)(CH2)0-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1_3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), - NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)!_3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd; or
(c)
R 1 and R 2 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R3, R4, Ra, and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ 10alkenyl, optionally substituted C2_1oalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_ 7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6aikyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6aikoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), - NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd; or
(d)
Ra and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7 carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R 1 , R2 , R 3 , and R 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ joalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3. 7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(O)(CH2)0-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1_3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), - NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)!_3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd; or
(e)
Ra and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R1, R2, R3, and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ 10alkenyl, optionally substituted C2_1oalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_ 7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), - NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd;
R5 is -Y5-(CH2)t-G;
t is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
G is selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Q_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Q_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci-6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci- 6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ loalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)C!_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)C!_6alkyl, (C6- ioaryl)Ci-6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci-6alkyl, acyl, C- carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, - C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1_3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, - C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)!_3Rc, and - NRfS(0)2NRfORd;
A is selected from the group consisting of C3_7 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-ioaryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted by one or more R12;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, OH, -C(0)OR, optionally substituted d_6 alkoxy, amino, -N(OR8)R9, optionally substituted Q_6 alkylthiol, C-amido, S-sulfonamido, CN, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, and a carboxylic acid isostere;
R is selected from the group consisting of H, d_9 alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)C1_ 9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)C3_7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR10RnOC(O)C2_8alkoxyalkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)OC1_
9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)OC3_7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)O(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR10RnOC(O)OC2_8alkoxy alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)C6_10aryl, CR10RnOC(0)OC6-ioaryl, -CR10RnC(O)NR13R14, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)1_ 3C(0)NR1JR , -CR1UR1 C(0)0(CH2)2-30C(0)C1 alkyl, -CRluRuOC(0)0(CH2)
3C(0)Od_4 alkyl, -CR1UR1 C(0)(CH2)1_30C(0)C1_4
Figure imgf000008_0001
R7 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, amino, and -N(OR 8 )R 9 ;
each R 8 and R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
each R10 and R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted
Figure imgf000008_0002
optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
R 12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci-6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3-7carbocyclyl)Ci.6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_ 6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, sulfhydryl, -C(O)(CH2)0-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1-3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, - C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)!_3Rc, - NRfS(0)2NRfORd, and -(CH2)p-Y6-(CH2)qK;
each R13 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
R15 is optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl;
Y2 is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-, and -NR9-;
Y 3 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, -SH, and -NHR 9 ; Y4 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, optionally substituted Ci_6
8 9
alkoxy, amino, and -N(OR )R ; and
Y5 is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0)2-, -0-, -CRfRg-, and -NRg-, or Y5 is absent;
Y6 is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0)2-, -0-, -CRfRg-, and
-NRf-;
K is selected from the group consisting of C-amido; N-amido; S-sulfonamido; N- sulfonamido; -NRfC(0)NRfRg; -NRfS(0)2NRfRg; -C(=NRe)Rc; -C(=NRe)NRfRg; - NRfCRc(=NRe); -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg; C alkyl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of Ci_4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; C -w aryl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, Q_4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; 5-10 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; each Rc, Rd, Re, Rf, and Rg are independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl; and
each p and q is independently 0 or 1.
[0012] Some embodiments described herein relate to compounds having the structureormula
Figure imgf000009_0001
wherein
(a)
each of R2 and R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6- ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N- sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(O)(CH2)0-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1_3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, - NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, - S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd, or R2 and R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, Ce-w aryl, and 5- 10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5;
m is an integer of 0 or 1 ; and
each Ra and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6- ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N- sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(O)(CH2)0_3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1.3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, - NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, - S(0)(CH2)!_3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd, or Ra and Rb together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spiro ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R ; or
(b)
m is 1 ;
Ra and R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5; and each R2 and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci-6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)C!_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6- ioaryl)Ci-6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci-6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N- sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(O)(CH2)0-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1-3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, - NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, - S(0)(CH2)!-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd;
R5 is -Y5-(CH2)t-G;
t is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
G is selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ loalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-io ryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6- ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C- carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, - C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1_3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, - C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)!_3Rc, and - NRfS(0)2NRfORd;
A is a ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-ioaryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R12;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, OH, -C(0)OR, optionally substituted d_6 alkoxy, amino, -N(OR8)R9, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkylthiol, C-amido, S-sulfonamido, CN, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, and a carboxylic acid isostere; is selected from the group consisting of H, Ci_ alkyl, -CR R OC(0)Ci_ -CR10RnOC(O)C3-7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CRluR1OC(0)C2-8alkoxyalkyl, -CR' OC C OC
9alkyl, -CRluR1OC(0)OC3-7carbocyclyl, -CR1UR1OC(0)0(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR10RnOC(O)OC2-8alkoxy alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)C6_10aryl, CR10RnOC(0)OC6-ioaryl, -CR10RnC(O)NR13R14, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)1-
3C(0)NR13R14, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)2-3OC(O)C1 alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)1-
3C(0)Od_4 alkyl, -CR1UR1 C(0)(CH2)1_30C(0)C1_4
Figure imgf000012_0001
R7 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, amino, and -N(OR 8 )R 9 ;
each R 8 and R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
each R10 and R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkylthiol, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_ 7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6aikyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido,
S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, sulfhydryl, -C(O)(CH2)0-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1_3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), - NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)!_3Rc, -NRfS(0)2NRfORd, and -(CH2)p-Y6-(CH2)qK; each R and R is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
R15 is optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl;
2 9
Y is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-, and -NR -;
3 9
Y is selected from the group consisting of -OH, -SH, and -NHR ;
Y4 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, optionally substituted Cj_6
8 9
alkoxy, amino, and -N(OR )R ;
Y5 is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0)2-, -0-, -CRfRg-, and -NRg-, or Y5 is absent;
Y6 is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0)2-, -0-, -CRfRg-, and
-NRf-;
K is selected from the group consisting of C-amido; N-amido; S-sulfonamido; N- sulfonamido; -NRfC(0)NRfRg; -NRfS(0)2NRfRg; -C(=NRe)Rc; -C(=NRe)NRfRg; - NRfCRc(=NRe); -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg; C alkyl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of Ci_4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; C -w aryl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; 5-10 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of Q_4 alkyl, Q_4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; each Rc, Rd, Re, Rf, and Rg are independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl; and
each p and q is independently 0 or 1.
[0013] Some further embodiments described herein relate to compounds having the structure of the Formula V, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof
Figure imgf000014_0001
wherein
Y1 is N or CR4;
m is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
r is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
(a)
2 3
R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, Ce-w aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R1, R4, Ra, and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ loalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3-7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (¾_ 7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6aikyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), - NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd; or
(b)
R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R1, R2, Ra, and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci-6 alkoxy)Ci-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2- joalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3- 7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), - NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd; or
(c)
R 1 and R 2 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R3, R4, Ra, and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ joalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_ 7carbocyclyl)Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(O)(CH2)0-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1_3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), - NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)!_3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd; or
(d)
Ra and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7 carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R1, R2, R3, and R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ joalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_ 7carbocyclyl)Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), - NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)!_3RC, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd; or
(e)
Ra and R4 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, Ce-w aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R1, R2, R3, and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ joalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_ 7carbocyclyl)Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(O)(CH2)0-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1_3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), - NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)!_3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd;
R5 is -Y5-(CH2)t-G;
t is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
G is selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Cj_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Cj_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Cj_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ loalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6- ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C- carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, - C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1-3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -
Figure imgf000017_0001
NRfS(0)2NRfORd;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted - (CH2)nC(0)OR and a carboxylic acid isostere;
n is an integer selected from 0 to 6;
R is selected from the group consisting of H, d_9 alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)C1_ 9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)C3-7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR10RnOC(O)C2_8alkoxyalkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)OC1_
9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)OC3-7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)O(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR10RnOC(O)OC2_8alkoxy alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)C6_10aryl, CR1°R11OC(0)OC6-ioaryl, -CR10RnC(O)NR13R14, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)1_
3C(0)NR13R14, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)2_3OC(O)C1 alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)1_
3C(0)Od_4 alkyl, -CR1UR1OC(0)(CH2)1_30C(0)C1_4
Figure imgf000017_0002
R7 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, amino, and -N(OR8)R9;
each R 8 and R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
each R10 and R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
each R13 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
R15 is optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl; 2 9
Y is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-, and -NR -;
Y5 is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0)2-, -0-, -CRfRg-, and -NRg-, or Y5 is absent;
each Rc, Rd, Re, Rf, and Rg are independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl; and
each Rh and R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, cyano, amino, C-amido, N-amido, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl; or Rh and R1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C - io aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5.
[0014] Some embodiments described herein relate to compounds having the structureula VI, or pharmaceutically accepta
Figure imgf000018_0001
wherein r is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
(a)
2 3
each of R and R is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3-7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3-7carbocyclyl)Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6aikyl, (C6- ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, - C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, - S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd, or R2 and R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5;
m is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
each Ra and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Cj_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci-6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)C1_6aikyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci-6aikyl, (C6- ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1-3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, - C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, - S(0)(CH2)!_3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd, or Ra and Rb together with the atoms to which they are attached form a ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl, and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5; or
(b)
m is 1 ;
Ra and R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl, and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5; and each R2 and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Q_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Q_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6- ioaryl)Ci-6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci-6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1-3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, - C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, - S(0)(CH2)!-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd;
R5 is -Y5-(CH2)t-G;
t is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
G is selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ joalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6- ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C- carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, - C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1_3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, - C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)!_3Rc, and - NRfS(0)2NRfORd;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted - (CH2)nC(0)OR and a carboxylic acid isostere;
n is an integer selected from 0 to 6;
R is selected from the group consisting of H, d_9 alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)C1_ 9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)C3_7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR10RnOC(O)C2_8alkoxyalkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)OC1_
9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)OC3_7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)O(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR10RnOC(O)OC2_8alkoxy alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)C6_10aryl, CR10R11OC(O)OC6_10aryl, -CR10RnC(O)NR13R14, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)1. 3C(0)NR1JR , -CR1UR1 C(0)0(CH2)2-30C(0)C1 alkyl, -CRluRuOC(0)0(CH2)
3C(0)Od_4 alkyl, -CR1UR1 C(0)(CH2)1-30C(0)C1_4
Figure imgf000021_0001
R7 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, optionally substituted Ci_6
8 9
alkoxy, amino, and -N(OR )R ;
8 9
each R and R is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
each R10 and R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted
Figure imgf000021_0002
optionally substituted Cj.7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
each R13 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
R15 is optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl;
2 9
Y is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-, and -NR -;
Y5 is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0)2-, -0-, -CRfRg-, and -NRg-, or Y5 is absent;
each Rc, Rd, Re, Rf, and Rg are independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl; and
each Rh and R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, cyano, amino, C-amido, N-amido, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl; or Rh and R1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C - io aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5. [0015] Some further embodiments described herein relate to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound having the structure of Formula I, II, III, IV, V or VI, as described herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition may further comprise an additional medicament.
[0016] Some additional embodiments described herein relate to methods of treating a bacterial infection comprising administering a compound having the structure of Formula I, II, III, IV, V or VI as described herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof to a subject in need thereof. In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering to the subject an additional medicament, for example, the additional medicament may be selected from an antibacterial agent, an antifungal agent, an antiviral agent, an anti-inflammatory agent, or an antiallergic agent.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS
Compounds of Formula I or II
[0017] In some embodiments, compounds that contain a boronic acid moiety are provided that act as antimicrobial agents and/or as potentiators of antimicrobial agents. Various embodiments of these compounds include compounds having the structures of Formula I or II as described above or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. In some embodiments of the
-
Figure imgf000022_0001
[0018] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula I or II are also represented by the structure of Formula la or Ila, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000023_0001
[0019] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula la or Ila are also represented by the structure of Formula lb or lib, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000023_0002
or , wherein each J, L, M
12
is independently selected from CR or N (nitrogen).
[0020] In some embodiments, m is 0 and the compounds of Formula lb or lib are also represented by the structure of Formula Ic or lie, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000023_0003
[0021] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula Ic or lie are in various stereoisomeric form, including those represented by the structure of Formula Ic-1, Ic-2, IIc-1 or IIc-2,
Figure imgf000023_0004
[0022] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, la, lb, Ic, II, Ila, lib, or lie, R 2 and R 3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5. In some such embodiments, R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form C3_ 7carbocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more R5. In some further embodiments, wherein
2 3
R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form cyclopropyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptenyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or dihydrofuranyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5. In some particular embodiments, the compound of Formula Ic or lie is also represented by the structure of Formula Id or lid, or pharmaceutically
Figure imgf000024_0001
is optionally substituted with one or more R . In one embodiment, i is
substituted with one R5. In another embodiment,
Figure imgf000024_0002
is substituted with two R5.
[0023] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula Id or lid are in various stereoisomeric forms, including those represented by the structure of Formula Id-1 , Id-2, IId-1 or IId-2, or ph
Figure imgf000024_0003
[0024] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, la, lb, Ic, Id, II, Ila, lib, lie or lid as described herein, R1 is hydrogen. In another embodiment, R1 is an optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl, for example, Ci-6 hydroxyalkyl.
[0025] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, la, lb, Ic, Id, II, Ila, lib, lie or lid as described herein, R4 is hydrogen.
[0026] In some other embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, la, lb, Ic, II, Ila, lib, or lie, R3 and R4 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spiro ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl, and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R". In some such embodiments, R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form C3_7carbocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more R5. In one embodiment, R3 and R4 together with the atoms to which they are attached form cyclopropyl optionally substituted with one or more R 5. In some other embodiments, R 3 and R4 together with the atoms to which they are attached form 3-10 membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more R5, for example, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 membered heterocyclyl comprising one, two or three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur. In some such embodiments, R 1 is hydrogen. In some such embodiments, R 2 is hydrogen.
[0027] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, la, lb, Ic, Id, II, Ila, lib, lie or lid as described herein, R6 is -C(0)OR. In some such embodiments, R is H or Q_9 alkyl. In some other embodiments, R is -CR10RnOC(O)Ci-9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)C3- 7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), or - 10RnOC
galkoxyalkyl. In some such embodiments, the 3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl is
Figure imgf000025_0001
, or ^0 . In some further embodiments, R is -CR10R11OC(O)OC1_ 9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)OC3-7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)O(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), or -CR10RnOC(O)OC2- alkyl. In some such embodiments, the 3 to 7 membered
heterocyclyl is 0 ,
Figure imgf000025_0002
, or . In still some further embodiments, R is
CR10RnC(O)NR13R14. In some such embodiments, each of R13 and R14 is independently H or d_6 alkyl. In still some further embodiments, R is -CR10RnOC(O)O(CH2)i- 3C(0)NR13R14, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)2-3OC(O)C1_4 alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)(CH2)1-3OC(O)C1 alkyl, or -CR10RnOC(O)O(CH2)i-3C(O)OCi alkyl. In some embodiments, each R10 and R11 is independently hydrogen or Ci_6 alkyl.
[0028] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, la, lb, Ic, Id, II, Ila, lib, lie or lid as described herein, R7 is -OH.
[0029] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, la, lb, Ic, or Id as described herein, Y is -0-.
[0030] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula II, Ila, lib, lie or lid as described herein, Y3 is -OH. In some embodiments, Y4 is -OH.
[0031] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula I, la, lb, Ic, Id, II, Ila, lib, lie or lid as described herein, Y5 is absent and t is 0, and R5 is selected from the group consisting of amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, acyl, C- carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), - NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd. In one embodiment, R5 is halogen.
[0032] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula lb, Ic, Id, lib, lie, or lid as described herein, each J, L and M is CR 12. In some such embodiments, R 12 is hydrogen, halogen, Ci_6 alkoxy, or Ci_6 haloalkoxy. In some other embodiments, at least one of J, L and M of Formula lb, Ic, Id, lib, lie, or lid is N (nitrogen). In one such embodiment, M is nitrogen.
Figure imgf000026_0001
Figure imgf000027_0001
acceptable salts thereof.
[0034] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are selected from alkaline metal salts or ammonium salts. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are sodium salts with the structures selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000028_0001
Compounds of Formula III or IV
[0035] In some embodiments, compounds that contain a boronic acid moiety are provided that act as antimicrobial agents and/or as potentiators of antimicrobial agents. Various embodiments of these compounds include compounds having the structures of Formula III or IV as described above or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula III or IV, R is selected from H, Ci-9 alkyl, -CR10RnOC( , -
CRluR1OC(0 -CRluR1 C(O)C6-i0aryl, -CRluR1 C(0)OC6-ioaryl and
Figure imgf000028_0002
Figure imgf000028_0003
[0036] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula III or IV are also represented by the structure of Formula Ilia or IVa, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000029_0001
or , wherein each J, L,
12
M is independently selected from CR or N (nitrogen).
[0037] In some embodiments, m is 0 and the compounds of Formula Ilia or IVa are also represented by the structure of Formula Illb or IVb, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000029_0002
Illb or IVb
[0038] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula III, Ilia, Illb, IV, IVa, or IVb as described herein, R is selected from H, halogen, or Ci_6 alkyl.
[0039] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula III, Ilia, Illb, IV, IVa, or IVb as described herein, R is hydrogen.
[0040] In some other embodiments of the compounds of Formula III, Ilia, Illb, IV,
IVa, or IVb as described herein, R 2 and R 3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5. In some such embodiments, R 2 and R 3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form C3-7carbocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more R3. In one embodiment, R2 and R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form cyclopropyl optionally substituted with one or more R5.
[0041] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula III, Ilia, Illb, IV, IVa, or IVb as described herein, R6 is -C(0)OR. In some such embodiments, R is H or C1-9 alkyl. In some other embodiments, R is -CRluR1OC(0)C1_9alkyl, -CRluRuOC(0)C3-
7carbocyclyl, -CR R OC(0)(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), or -
galkoxyalkyl. In some such embodiments, the 3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl is
Figure imgf000029_0003
or
Figure imgf000030_0001
some further embodiments, R is -CR1UR1OC(0)0C1
9alkyl, -CRluR1OC(0)OC3_7carbocyclyl, -CR1UR1OC(0)0(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), or -CR10Rn such embodiments, the 3 to 7 membered
heterocyclyl
Figure imgf000030_0002
In still some further embodiments, R is
CR R C(0)NR R . In some such embodiments, each of R and R is independently H or d_6 alkyl. In still some further embodiments, R is -CR10RnOC(O)O(CH2)i- 3C(0)NR13R14, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)2-3OC(O)C1_4 alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)(CH2)1-3OC(O)C1 alkyl, or -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)i-3C(O)OC1 alkyl. In some embodiments, each R10 and R11 is independently hydrogen or Ci_6 alkyl.
[0042] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula III, Ilia, Illb, IV, IVa, or IVb as described herein, R is -OH.
[0043] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula III, Ilia, or Illb as described herein, Y is -0-.
[0044] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula IV, IVa, or IVb as described herein, Y3 is -OH. In some embodiments, Y4 is -OH.
[0045] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula Ilia, Illb, IVa, or IVb as described herein, each J, L and M is CR 12. In some such embodiments, R 12 is selected from hydrogen, halogen or Ci_6 alkoxy. In some other embodiments, at least one of J, L and M is N (nitrogen). In one embodiments, M is N.
[0046] In some e are selected from
the group consisting of
Figure imgf000030_0003
of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
[0047] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are selected from alkaline metal salts or ammonium salts. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are sodium salts.
Compounds of Formula V
[0048] In some embodiments, compounds that contain a boronic acid moiety are provided that act as antimicrobial agents and/or as potentiators of antimicrobial agents. Various embodiments of these compounds include compounds having the structures of Formula V as described above or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula V, R is selected from H, C1-9 alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O -
CRluR1OC(0)OC1_9alkyl, -CRluR1 luR1 C(0)OC6-ioaryl and
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000031_0002
[0049] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula V are also represented by the structure of Formula Va, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000031_0003
[0050] In some embodiments, m is 1 and the compounds of Formula Va represented by the structure of Formula Vb, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000031_0004
[0051] In some embodiments of the compounds of the Formula V, Va or Vb, both Ra and Rb are H.
[0052] In some embodiments of the compounds of the Formula V, Va or Vb as described herein, R 2 and R 3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 5. In some such embodiments, R 2 and R 3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form C3_7carbocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more R5. In one embodiment,
2 3
R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form cyclopropyl optionally substituted with one or more R5. [0053] In some embodiments of the compounds of the Formula V, Va or Vb as described herein, r is 1 , and both Rh and R1 are H.
[0054] In some embodiments of the compounds of the Formula V, Va or Vb as described herein, R6 is -(CH2)nC(0)OR and n is 0. In some such embodiment, the compound is also represented by the structure of Formula Vc or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
optionally
substit R and the
Figure imgf000032_0001
compound is also represented by the structure of Formula Vd:
[0055] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula Vc are in various stereoisomeric forms, including those represented by the structure of Formula Vc-1 or Vc-2, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000032_0002
Vc-1 or Vc-2
[0056] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula V, Va, Vb or Vc as described herein, R7 is -OH.
[0057] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula V, Va, Vb or Vc as described herein, Y is -0-.
Compounds of Formula VI
[0058] In some embodiments, compounds that contain a boronic acid moiety are provided that act as antimicrobial agents and/or as potentiators of antimicrobial agents. Various embodiments of these compounds include compounds having the structures of Formula VI as described above or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula VI, R is selected from H, d_9 alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)C1_9alkyl, -
CR10R11OC(O)OC1_9alkyl, -CR10R11OC -CR10RnOC(0)OC6-ioaryl and
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000033_0002
[0059] In some embodiments, m is 1 and the compounds of Formula VI are also represented by the structure of Formula Via, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000033_0003
[0060] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula VI or Via, both Ra and Rb are H.
[0061] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula VI or Via, r is 1, and both Rh and Rl are H.
[0062] In some embodiments of the compounds of the Formula VI or Via as described herein, R6 is -(CH2)nC(0)OR and n is 0. In some such embodiment, the compound is also represented by the structure of Formula VIb or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000033_0004
VIb
[0063] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula VI, Via, or VIb described herein, R7 is -OH.
[0064] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula VI, Via, or VIb described herein, Y is -0-.
[0065] Exemplary compounds described herein are illustrated in Table 1 below.
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000035_0001
-34-
Figure imgf000036_0001
[0066] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are selected from alkaline metal salts or ammonium salts. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are sodium salts, including disodium salts.
[0067] Where the compounds disclosed herein have at least one chiral center, they may exist as individual enantiomers and diastereomers or as mixtures of such isomers, including racemates. Separation of the individual isomers or selective synthesis of the individual isomers is accomplished by application of various methods which are well known to practitioners in the art. Unless otherwise indicated, all such isomers and mixtures thereof are included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein. Furthermore, compounds disclosed herein may exist in one or more crystalline or amorphous forms. Unless otherwise indicated, all such forms are included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein including any polymorphic forms. In addition, some of the compounds disclosed herein may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents. Unless otherwise indicated, such solvates are included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein.
[0068] The skilled artisan will recognize that some structures described herein may be resonance forms or tautomers of compounds that may be fairly represented by other chemical structures, even when kmetically; the artisan recognizes that such structures may only represent a very small portion of a sample of such compound(s). Such compounds are considered within the scope of the structures depicted, though such resonance forms or tautomers are not represented herein.
[0069] In some embodiments, due to the facile exchange of boron esters, the compounds described herein may convert to or exist in equilibrium with alternate forms. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the compounds described herein may exist in combination with one or more of these forms. For example, as shown below, the compounds disclosed herein may exist in cyclic boronate monoesters with the structure of Formulae I, la, lb, Ic, and Id or in acyclic form as boronic acids with the structure of Formulae II, Ila, lib, lie, lid, or may exist as a mixture of the two forms depending on the medium. In some embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein may exist in cyclic form as cyclic boronate monoesters with the structure of Formulae III, Ilia, and Illb or in acyclic form as boronic acids with the structure of Formulae IV, IVa and IVb, or may exist as a mixture of the two forms depending on the medium. Exemplary equilibrium equation between the cyclic boronate monoesters and the ac
Figure imgf000037_0001
[0070] In some embodiments, the compounds described herein may exist in cyclic dimeric form, trimeric form or tetrameric form. For example, the compound of Formula II may exist in dimeric form (II-A), trimeric form (II-B), or tetrameric form (II-C):
or
Figure imgf000038_0001
II-C
Definitions
[0071] Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art. All patents, applications, published applications and other publications referenced herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety unless stated otherwise. In the event that there are a plurality of definitions for a term herein, those in this section prevail unless stated otherwise. As used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an" and "the" include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Unless otherwise indicated, conventional methods of mass spectroscopy, NMR, HPLC, protein chemistry, biochemistry, recombinant DNA techniques and pharmacology are employed. The use of "or" or "and" means "and/or" unless stated otherwise. Furthermore, use of the term "including" as well as other forms, such as "include", "includes," and "included," is not limiting. As used in this specification, whether in a transitional phrase or in the body of the claim, the terms "comprise(s)" and "comprising" are to be interpreted as having an open-ended meaning. That is, the terms are to be interpreted synonymously with the phrases "having at least" or "including at least." When used in the context of a process, the term "comprising" means that the process includes at least the recited steps, but may include additional steps. When used in the context of a compound, composition, or device, the term "comprising" means that the compound, composition, or device includes at least the recited features or components, but may also include additional features or components.
[0072] The section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described.
[0073] As used herein, common organic abbreviations are defined as follows:
Ac Acetyl
aq. Aqueous
Bn Benzyl
Bz Benzoyl
BOC or Boc tert-Butoxycarbonyl
°C Temperature in degrees Centigrade
DCM Dichloromethane
DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
EA Ethyl acetate
ESBL Extended- spectrum β-lactamase
Et Ethyl
g Gram(s)
h or hr Hour(s)
HATU 2-(7-aza- 1 H-benzotriazole- 1 -yl) - 1 , 1 , 3 , 3 -tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
iPr Isopropyl
m or min Minute(s)
MECN Acetonitrile
mL Milliliter(s)
NMR Nuclear magnetic resonance
PE Petroleum ether
PG Protecting group
Ph Phenyl
rt Room temperature TBDMSC1 tert-Butyldimethylsilyl chloride
TBS tert-Butyldimethylsilyl
Tert, t tertiary
TFA Trifluoroacetic acid
THF Tetrahydrofuran
TLC Thin-layer chromatography
Microliter(s)
[0074] As used herein, "Ca to Q," or "Ca_b" in which "a" and "b" are integers refer to the number of carbon atoms in the specified group. That is, the group can contain from "a" to "b", inclusive, carbon atoms. Thus, for example, a "Ci to C4 alkyl" or "Ci_4 alkyl" group refers to all alkyl groups having from 1 to 4 carbons, that is, CH3-, CH3CH2-, CH3CH2CH2-, (CH3)2CH-, CH3CH2CH2CH2-, CH3CH2CH(CH3)- and (CH3)3C-.
[0075] The term "halogen" or "halo," as used herein, means any one of the radio- stable atoms of column 7 of the Periodic Table of the Elements, e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine, with fluorine and chlorine being preferred.
[0076] As used herein, "alkyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain that is fully saturated (i.e., contains no double or triple bonds). The alkyl group may have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as "1 to 20" refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., "1 to 20 carbon atoms" means that the alkyl group may consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkyl" where no numerical range is designated). The alkyl group may also be a medium size alkyl having 1 to 9 carbon atoms. The alkyl group could also be a lower alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be designated as "C1-4 alkyl" or similar designations. By way of example only, "Q_4 alkyl" indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, i.e., the alkyl chain is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso- butyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl. Typical alkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, hexyl, and the like.
[0077] As used herein, "alkoxy" refers to the formula -OR wherein R is an alkyl as is defined above, such as "Ci_ alkoxy", including but not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, 1-methylethoxy (isopropoxy), n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, and tert-butoxy, and the like.
[0078] As used herein, "alkylthio" refers to the formula -SR wherein R is an alkyl as is defined above, such as "Ci_ alkylthio" and the like, including but not limited to methylmercapto, ethylmercapto, n-propylmercapto, 1-methylethylmercapto (isopropylmercapto), n-butylmercapto, iso-butylmercapto, sec-butylmercapto, tert- butylmercapto, and the like.
[0079] As used herein, "alkenyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain containing one or more double bonds. The alkenyl group may have 2 to 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkenyl" where no numerical range is designated. The alkenyl group may also be a medium size alkenyl having 2 to 9 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group could also be a lower alkenyl having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group may be designated as "C2-4 alkenyl" or similar designations. By way of example only, "C2-4 alkenyl" indicates that there are two to four carbon atoms in the alkenyl chain, i.e., the alkenyl chain is selected from the group consisting of ethenyl, propen-l-yl, propen-2-yl, propen-3-yl, buten-l-yl, buten-2-yl, buten-3-yl, buten-4-yl, 1-methyl-propen-l-yl, 2-methyl-propen-l-yl, 1-ethyl-ethen-l-yl, 2-methyl-propen-3-yl, buta-l,3-dienyl, buta-1,2,- dienyl, and buta-l,2-dien-4-yl. Typical alkenyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, and hexenyl, and the like.
[0080] As used herein, "alkynyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain containing one or more triple bonds. The alkynyl group may have 2 to 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkynyl" where no numerical range is designated. The alkynyl group may also be a medium size alkynyl having 2 to 9 carbon atoms. The alkynyl group could also be a lower alkynyl having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkynyl group may be designated as "C2-4 alkynyl" or similar designations. By way of example only, "C2-4 alkynyl" indicates that there are two to four carbon atoms in the alkynyl chain, i.e., the alkynyl chain is selected from the group consisting of ethynyl, propyn-l-yl, propyn-2-yl, butyn-l-yl, butyn-3-yl, butyn-4-yl, and 2-butynyl. Typical alkynyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, and hexynyl, and the like.
[0081] As used herein, "heteroalkyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain containing one or more heteroatoms, that is, an element other than carbon, including but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in the chain backbone. The heteroalkyl group may have 1 to 20 carbon atom, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "heteroalkyl" where no numerical range is designated. The heteroalkyl group may also be a medium size heteroalkyl having 1 to 9 carbon atoms. The heteroalkyl group could also be a lower heteroalkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The heteroalkyl group may be designated as "Q-4 heteroalkyl" or similar designations. The heteroalkyl group may contain one or more heteroatoms. By way of example only, "C1-4 heteroalkyl" indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the heteroalkyl chain and additionally one or more heteroatoms in the backbone of the chain. [0082] As used herein, "alkylene" means a branched, or straight chain fully saturated di-radical chemical group containing only carbon and hydrogen that is attached to the rest of the molecule via two points of attachment (i.e., an alkanediyl). The alkylene group may have 1 to 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term alkylene where no numerical range is designated. The alkylene group may also be a medium size alkylene having 1 to 9 carbon atoms. The alkylene group could also be a lower alkylene having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkylene group may be designated as "Ci_4 alkylene" or similar designations. By way of example only, "Q^ alkylene" indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkylene chain, i.e., the alkylene chain is selected from the group consisting of methylene, ethylene, ethan-l,l-diyl, propylene, propan-l,l-diyl, propan-2,2-diyl, 1-methyl- ethylene, butylene, butan-l,l-diyl, butan-2,2-diyl, 2-methyl-propan-l,l-diyl, 1-methyl- propylene, 2-methyl-propylene, 1,1-dimethyl-ethylene, 1 ,2-dimethyl-ethylene, and 1-ethyl- ethylene.
[0083] As used herein, "alkenylene" means a straight or branched chain di-radical chemical group containing only carbon and hydrogen and containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond that is attached to the rest of the molecule via two points of attachment. The alkenylene group may have 2 to 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term alkenylene where no numerical range is designated. The alkenylene group may also be a medium size alkenylene having 2 to 9 carbon atoms. The alkenylene group could also be a lower alkenylene having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkenylene group may be designated as "C2-4 alkenylene" or similar designations. By way of example only, "C2-4 alkenylene" indicates that there are two to four carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain, i.e., the alkenylene chain is selected from the group consisting of ethenylene, ethen-l,l-diyl, propenylene, propen-l,l-diyl, prop-2-en-l,l-diyl, 1-methyl-ethenylene, but-l-enylene, but-2- enylene, but-l,3-dienylene, buten-l,l-diyl, but-l,3-dien-l,l-diyl, but-2-en-l,l-diyl, but-3-en- 1,1-diyl, l-methyl-prop-2-en-l,l-diyl, 2-methyl-prop-2-en-l,l-diyl, 1-ethyl-ethenylene, 1,2- dimethyl-ethenylene, 1-methyl-propenylene, 2-methyl-propenylene, 3-methyl-propenylene, 2- methyl-propen-l,l-diyl, and 2,2-dimethyl-ethen-l,l-diyl.
[0084] The term "aromatic" refers to a ring or ring system having a conjugated pi electron system and includes both carbocyclic aromatic (e.g., phenyl) and heterocyclic aromatic groups (e.g., pyridine). The term includes monocyclic or fused-ring polycyclic (i.e., rings which share adjacent pairs of atoms) groups provided that the entire ring system is aromatic.
[0085] As used herein, "aryl" refers to an aromatic ring or ring system (i.e., two or more fused rings that share two adjacent carbon atoms) containing only carbon in the ring backbone. When the aryl is a ring system, every ring in the system is aromatic. The aryl group may have 6 to 18 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "aryl" where no numerical range is designated. In some embodiments, the aryl group has 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group may be designated as "C6-io aryl," "C6 or Cio aryl," or similar designations. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, azulenyl, and anthracenyl.
[0086] As used herein, "aryloxy" and "arylthio" refers to RO- and RS-, in which R is an aryl as is defined above, such as "C6-io aryloxy" or "C6-io arylthio" and the like, including but not limited to phenyloxy.
[0087] An "aralkyl" or "arylalkyl" is an aryl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group, such as "CT-U aralkyl" and the like, including but not limited to benzyl, 2- phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, and naphthylalkyl. In some cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group (i.e., a Ci_4 alkylene group).
[0088] As used herein, "heteroaryl" refers to an aromatic ring or ring system (i.e., two or more fused rings that share two adjacent atoms) that contain(s) one or more heteroatoms, that is, an element other than carbon, including but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in the ring backbone. When the heteroaryl is a ring system, every ring in the system is aromatic. The heteroaryl group may have 5-18 ring members (i.e., the number of atoms making up the ring backbone, including carbon atoms and heteroatoms), although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "heteroaryl" where no numerical range is designated. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group has 5 to 10 ring members or 5 to 7 ring members. The heteroaryl group may be designated as "5-7 membered heteroaryl," "5-10 membered heteroaryl," or similar designations. Examples of heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, furyl, thienyl, phthalazinyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinlinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, and benzothienyl.
[0089] A "heteroaralkyl" or "heteroarylalkyl" is heteroaryl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group. Examples include but are not limited to 2-thienylmethyl, 3- thienylmethyl, furylmethyl, thienylethyl, pyrrolylalkyl, pyridylalkyl, isoxazoUylalkyl, and imidazolylaikyl. In some cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group (i.e., a C1-4 alkylene group).
[0090] As used herein, "carbocyclyl" means a non-aromatic cyclic ring or ring system containing only carbon atoms in the ring system backbone. When the carbocyclyl is a ring system, two or more rings may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion. Carbocyclyls may have any degree of saturation provided that at least one ring in a ring system is not aromatic. Thus, carbocyclyls include cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, and cycloalkynyls. The carbocyclyl group may have 3 to 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "carbocyclyl" where no numerical range is designated. The carbocyclyl group may also be a medium size carbocyclyl having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. The carbocyclyl group could also be a carbocyclyl having 3 to 6 carbon atoms. The carbocyclyl group may be designated as "C3_6 carbocyclyl" or similar designations. Examples of carbocyclyl rings include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 2,3-dihydro-indene, bicycle[2.2.2]octanyl, adamantyl, and spiro[4.4]nonanyl.
[0091] A "(carbocyclyl)alkyl" is a carbocyclyl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group, such as "CMO (carbocyclyl)alkyl" and the like, including but not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclopropylbutyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopropylisopropyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cycloheptylmethyl, and the like. In some cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.
[0092] As used herein, "cycloalkyl" means a fully saturated carbocyclyl ring or ring system. Examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
[0093] As used herein, "cycloalkenyl" means a carbocyclyl ring or ring system having at least one double bond, wherein no ring in the ring system is aromatic. An example is cyclohexenyl.
[0094] As used herein, "heterocyclyl" means a non-aromatic cyclic ring or ring system containing at least one heteroatom in the ring backbone. Heterocyclyls may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion. Heterocyclyls may have any degree of saturation provided that at least one ring in the ring system is not aromatic. The heteroatom(s) may be present in either a non-aromatic or aromatic ring in the ring system. The heterocyclyl group may have 3 to 20 ring members (i.e., the number of atoms making up the ring backbone, including carbon atoms and heteroatoms), although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "heterocyclyl" where no numerical range is designated. The heterocyclyl group may also be a medium size heterocyclyl having 3 to 10 ring members. The heterocyclyl group could also be a heterocyclyl having 3 to 6 ring members. The heterocyclyl group may be designated as "3-6 membered heterocyclyl" or similar designations. In preferred six membered monocyclic heterocyclyls, the heteroatom(s) are selected from one up to three of O, N or S, and in preferred five membered monocyclic heterocyclyls, the heteroatom(s) are selected from one or two heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S. Examples of heterocyclyl rings include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, acridinyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, dioxolanyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, morpholinyl, oxiranyl, oxepanyl, thiepanyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, dioxopiperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolidionyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, 1,3-dioxinyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1 ,4-dioxinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, 1,3-oxathianyl, 1,4- oxathiinyl, 1,4-oxathianyl, 2H-l,2-oxazinyl, trioxanyl, hexahydro-l,3,5-triazinyl, 1,3-dioxolyl,
1.3- dioxolanyl, 1,3-dithiolyl, 1,3-dithiolanyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolidinonyl, thiazolinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1,3-oxathiolanyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, tetrahydro-
1.4- thiazinyl, thiamorpholinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, benzimidazolidinyl, and tetrahydroquinoline .
[0095] A "(heterocyclyl)alkyl" is a heterocyclyl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group. Examples include, but are not limited to, imidazolinylmethyl and indolinylethyl.
[0096] As used herein, "acyl" refers to -C(=0)R, wherein R is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, halogen, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-io aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein. Non-limiting examples include formyl, acetyl, propanoyl, benzoyl, and acryl.
[0097] An "O-carboxy" group refers to a "-OC(=0)R" group in which R is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, halogen, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-io aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0098] A "C-carboxy" group refers to a "-C(=0)OR" group in which R is selected from hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-io aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein. A non-limiting example includes carboxyl (i.e., - C(=0)OH).
[0099] A "cyano" group refers to a "-CN" group.
[0100] A "cyanato" group refers to an "-OCN" group.
[0101] An "isocyanato" group refers to a "-NCO" group.
[0102] A "thiocyanato" group refers to a "-SCN" group.
[0103] An "isothiocyanato" group refers to an "-NCS" group.
[0104] A "sulfinyl" group refers to an "-S(=0)R" group in which R is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted d-j carbocyclyl, optionally substituted Ce-io aryl, optionally substituted 5- 10 membered heteroaryl, and optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0105] A "sulfonyl" group refers to an "-SO2 " group in which R is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted Ce-w aryl, optionally substituted 5- 10 membered heteroaryl, and optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0106] An "S-sulfonamido" group refers to a "-S02NRA B" group in which RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted Ce-w aryl, optionally substituted 5- 10 membered heteroaryl, and optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0107] An "N-sulfonamido" group refers to a "-N(RA)S02RB" group in which RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted Ce-w aryl, optionally substituted 5- 10 membered heteroaryl, and optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0108] A "C-amido" group refers to a "-C(=0)NRARB" group in which RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted Ce-w aryl, optionally substituted 5- 10 membered heteroaryl, and optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0109] An "N-amido" group refers to a "-N(RA)C(=0)RB" group in which RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted Ce-w aryl, optionally substituted 5- 10 membered heteroaryl, and optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0110] An "O-carbamyl" group refers to a "-OC(=0)NRARB" group in which RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, carbocyclyl, C -w aryl, 5- 10 membered heteroaryl, and 5- 10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein. [0111] An "N-carbamyl" group refers to an "-N(RA)OC(=0)RB" group in which RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3_ 7 carbocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, 5- 10 membered heteroaryl, and 5- 10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0112] An "O-thiocarbamyl" group refers to a "-OC(=S)NRARB" group in which RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3_ 7 carbocyclyl, aC6-io ryl, 5- 10 membered heteroaryl, and 5- 10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0113] An "N-thiocarbamyl" group refers to an "-N(RA)OC(=S)RB" group in which RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3_7 carbocyclyl, C -w aryl, 5- 10 membered heteroaryl, and 5- 10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0114] An "amino" group refers to a "-NRARB" group in which RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted Cj_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted Ce-w aryl, optionally substituted 5- 10 membered heteroaryl, and optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl as defined herein. A non-limiting example includes free amino (i.e., -NH2).
[0115] An "aminoalkyl" group refers to an amino group connected via an alkylene group.
[0116] An "alkoxyalkyl" group refers to an alkoxy group connected via an alkylene group, such as a "C2-8 alkoxyalkyl" and the like.
[0117] As used herein, a substituted group is derived from the unsubstituted parent group in which there has been an exchange of one or more hydrogen atoms for another atom or group. Unless otherwise indicated, when a group is deemed to be "substituted," it is meant that the group is substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkenyl, Q-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 heteroalkyl, C3-C7 carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, and C1-C6 haloalkoxy), C3-C7-carbocyclyl-Ci- C6-alkyl (optionally substituted with halo, Q-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, Q-C6 haloalkyl, and C1-C6 haloalkoxy), 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, Q-C6 alkyl, Q-C6 alkoxy, C -C haloalkyl, and C -C haloalkoxy), 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl-Cj-Ce-alkyl (optionally substituted with halo, Q-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, Q-C6 haloalkyl, and C1-C6 haloalkoxy), aryl (optionally substituted with halo, Q-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, and C1-C6 haloalkoxy), aryl(Ci-Ce) alkyl (optionally substituted with halo, C1-C6 alkyl, Q-C6 alkoxy, Q-C6 haloalkyl, and C1-C6 haloalkoxy), 5- 10 membered heteroaryl (optionally substituted with halo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, Q-C6 haloalkyl, and Q-C6 haloalkoxy), 5-10 membered heteroaryl(Ci-C6)alkyl (optionally substituted with halo, Q-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, and C1-C6 haloalkoxy), halo, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxy(Ci- Ce)alkyl (i.e., ether), aryloxy, sulfhydryl (mercapto), halo(Ci-Ce)alkyl (e.g., -CF3), halo(Ci- Ce)alkoxy (e.g., -OCF3), C1-C6 alkylthio, arylthio, amino, amino(Ci-C6)alkyl, nitro, O- carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N- sulfonamido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, acyl, cyanato, isocyanato, thiocyanato, isothiocyanato, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, and oxo (=0). Wherever a group is described as "optionally substituted" that group can be substituted with the above substituents.
[0118] It is to be understood that certain radical naming conventions can include either a mono-radical or a di-radical, depending on the context. For example, where a substituent requires two points of attachment to the rest of the molecule, it is understood that the substituent is a di-radical. For example, a substituent identified as alkyl that requires two points of attachment includes di-radicals such as -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2CH(CH3)CH2-, and the like. Other radical naming conventions clearly indicate that the radical is a di-radical such as "alkylene" or "alkenylene."
[0119] When two R groups are said to form a ring (e.g., a carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring) "together with the atom to which they are attached," it is meant that the collective unit of the atom and the two R groups are the recited ring. The ring is not otherwise limited by the definition of each R group when taken individually. For example, when the following substructure is present:
R1 R2
and R 1 and R2 are defined as selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, or R 1 and
R 2 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl, it is meant that R 1 and R can be selected from hydrogen or alkyl, or alternatively, the substructure has structure:
Figure imgf000048_0001
where ring A is a heteroaryl ring containing the depicted nitrogen.
[0120] Similarly, when two "adjacent" R groups are said to form a ring "together with the atom to which they are attached," it is meant that the collective unit of the atoms, intervening bonds, and the two R groups are the recited ring. For example, when the following substructure is present:
Figure imgf000049_0001
and R1 and Rz are defined as selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, or R1 and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form an aryl or carbocylyl, it is meant that
1 2
R and R" can be selected from hydrogen or alkyl, or alternatively, the substructure has structure:
Figure imgf000049_0002
where A is an aryl ring or a carbocylyl containing the depicted double bond.
[0121] Wherever a substituent is depicted as a di-radical (i.e. , has two points of attachment to the rest of the molecule), it is to be understood that the substituent can be attached in any directional configuration unless otherwise indicated. Thus, for example, a substituent depicted as -AE- or v ¾ A\ E A includes the substituent being oriented such that the A is attached at the leftmost attachment point of the molecule as well as the case in which A is attached at the rightmost attachment point of the molecule.
[0122] As used herein, "isosteres" of a chemical group are other chemical groups that exhibit the same or similar properties. For example, tetrazole is an isostere of carboxylic acid because it mimics the properties of carboxylic acid even though they both have very different molecular formulae. Tetrazole is one of many possible isosteric replacements for carboxylic acid. Other carboxylic acid isosteres contemplated include -SO3H, -SO2HNR, -P(¾(R)2, - P03(R)2, -CONHNHSO2R, -COHNSO2R, and -CONRCN, where R is selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, carbocyclyl, Ce-w aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein. In addition, carboxylic acid isosteres can include 5-7 membered carbocycles or heterocycles containing any combination of C¾, O, S, or N in any chemically stable oxidation state, where any of the atoms of said ring structure are optionally substituted in one or more positions. The following structures are non-limiting examples of carbocyclic and heterocyclic isosteres contemplated. The atoms of said ring structure may be optionally substituted at one or more positions with R as defined above.
Figure imgf000050_0001
[0123] It is also contemplated that when chemical substituents are added to a carboxylic isostere, the compound retains the properties of a carboxylic isostere. It is contemplated that when a carboxylic isostere is optionally substituted with one or more moieties selected from R as defined above, then the substitution and substitution position is selected such that it does not eliminate the carboxylic acid isosteric properties of the compound. Similarly, it is also contemplated that the placement of one or more R substituents upon a carbocyclic or heterocyclic carboxylic acid isostere is not a substitution at one or more atom(s) that maintain(s) or is/are integral to the carboxylic acid isosteric properties of the compound, if such substituent(s) would destroy the carboxylic acid isosteric properties of the compound.
[0124] Other carboxylic acid isosteres not specifically exemplified in this specification are also contemplated.
[0125] "Subject" as used herein, means a human or a non-human mammal, e.g., a dog, a cat, a mouse, a rat, a cow, a sheep, a pig, a goat, a non-human primate or a bird, e.g., a chicken, as well as any other vertebrate or invertebrate.
[0126] The term "mammal" is used in its usual biological sense. Thus, it specifically includes, but is not limited to, primates, including simians (chimpanzees, apes, monkeys) and humans, cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine, rabbits, dogs, cats, rodents, rats, mice guinea pigs, or the like.
[0127] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" or "pharmaceutically acceptable excipient" includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated. In addition, various adjuvants such as are commonly used in the art may be included. Considerations for the inclusion of various components in pharmaceutical compositions are described, e.g., in Gilman et al. (Eds.) (1990); Goodman and Gilman's: The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 8th Ed., Pergamon Press.
[0128] A therapeutic effect relieves, to some extent, one or more of the symptoms of a disease or condition, and includes curing a disease or condition. "Curing" means that the symptoms of a disease or condition are eliminated; however, certain long-term or permanent effects may exist even after a cure is obtained (such as extensive tissue damage).
[0129] "Treat," "treatment," or "treating," as used herein refers to administering a compound or pharmaceutical composition to a subject for prophylactic and/or therapeutic purposes. The term "prophylactic treatment" refers to treating a subject who does not yet exhibit symptoms of a disease or condition, but who is susceptible to, or otherwise at risk of, a particular disease or condition, whereby the treatment reduces the likelihood that the patient will develop the disease or condition. The term "therapeutic treatment" refers to administering treatment to a subject already suffering from a disease or condition.
[0130] Where the compounds disclosed herein have at least one chiral center, they may exist as individual enantiomers and diastereomers or as mixtures of such isomers, including racemates. Separation of the individual isomers or selective synthesis of the individual isomers is accomplished by application of various methods which are well known to practitioners in the art. Unless otherwise indicated, all such isomers and mixtures thereof are included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein. Furthermore, compounds disclosed herein may exist in one or more crystalline or amorphous forms. Unless otherwise indicated, all such forms are included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein including any polymorphic forms. In addition, some of the compounds disclosed herein may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents. Unless otherwise indicated, such solvates are included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein.
[0131] The skilled artisan will recognize that some structures described herein may be resonance forms or tautomers of compounds that may be fairly represented by other chemical structures, even when kinetically; the artisan recognizes that such structures may only represent a very small portion of a sample of such compound(s). Such compounds are considered within the scope of the structures depicted, though such resonance forms or tautomers are not represented herein.
[0132] Isotopes may be present in the compounds described. Each chemical element as represented in a compound structure may include any isotope of said element. For example, in a compound structure a hydrogen atom may be explicitly disclosed or understood to be present in the compound. At any position of the compound that a hydrogen atom may be present, the hydrogen atom can be any isotope of hydrogen, including but not limited to hydrogen- 1 (protium) and hydrogen-2 (deuterium). Thus, reference herein to a compound encompasses all potential isotopic forms unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
[0133] A "prodrug" refers to an agent that is converted into the parent drug in vivo. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent drug. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent is not. The prodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug. An example, without limitation, of a prodrug would be a compound which is administered as an ester (the "prodrug") to facilitate transmittal across a cell membrane where water solubility is detrimental to mobility but which then is metabolically hydrolyzed to the carboxylic acid, the active entity, once inside the cell where water- solubility is beneficial. A further example of a prodrug might be a short peptide (polyaminoacid) bonded to an acid group where the peptide is metabolized to reveal the active moiety. Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in Design of Prodrugs, (ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985), which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[0134] The term "pro-drug ester" refers to derivatives of the compounds disclosed herein formed by the addition of any of several ester-forming groups that are hydrolyzed under physiological conditions. Examples of pro-drug ester groups include pivoyloxymethyl, acetoxymethyl, phthalidyl, indanyl and methoxymethyl, as well as other such groups known in the art, including a (5-R-2-oxo-l,3-dioxolen-4-yl)methyl group. Other examples of pro-drug ester groups can be found in, for example, T. Higuchi and V. Stella, in "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems", Vol. 14, A.C.S. Symposium Series, American Chemical Society (1975); and "Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design: Theory and Application", edited by E. B. Roche, Pergamon Press: New York, 14-21 (1987) (providing examples of esters useful as prodrugs for compounds containing carboxyl groups). Each of the above-mentioned references is herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[0135] "Metabolites" of the compounds disclosed herein include active species that are produced upon introduction of the compounds into the biological milieu.
[0136] "Solvate" refers to the compound formed by the interaction of a solvent and a compound described herein, a metabolite, or salt thereof. Suitable solvates are pharmaceutically acceptable solvates including hydrates.
[0137] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to salts that retain the biological effectiveness and properties of a compound, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable for use in a pharmaceutical. In many cases, the compounds herein are capable of forming acid and/or base salts by virtue of the presence of amino and/or carboxyl groups or groups similar thereto. Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts can be formed with inorganic acids and organic acids. Inorganic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. Organic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be formed with inorganic and organic bases. Inorganic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum, and the like; particularly preferred are the ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium and magnesium salts. Organic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, basic ion exchange resins, and the like, specifically such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and ethanolamine. Many such salts are known in the art, as described in WO 87/05297, Johnston et al., published September 11, 1987 (incorporated by reference herein in its entirety). Some examples of pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts of the compounds disclosed herein have the structure of Formula Γ, l ', lb', Ic', Id', IF, Ila', lib', lie' or lid' :
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
or lid' , wherein each of Z ® and R may be independently selected from an alkali metal cation or an ammodium cation (NH4 +).
[0138] Some other examples of pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts of the compounds described herein have the structure of Formula ΙΙΓ, Ilia', Illb ' , IV, IVa', or IVb' :
Figure imgf000055_0001
Illb' IV IVa'
Figure imgf000055_0002
IVb'
wherein each of Z ® and R may be indpendently selected from an alkali metal cation or an ammodium cation (NH/t +).
[0139] Some other examples of pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts of the c
Figure imgf000055_0003
R may be indpendently an alkali metal cation or an ammodium cation (NH/t +). Methods of Preparation
[0140] The compounds disclosed herein may be synthesized by methods described below, or by modification of these methods. Ways of modifying the methodology include, among others, temperature, solvent, reagents etc., known to those skilled in the art. In general, during any of the processes for preparation of the compounds disclosed herein, it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry (ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973); and P.G.M. Green, T.W. Wutts, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis (3rd ed.) Wiley, New York (1999), which are both hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. The protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art. Synthetic chemistry transformations useful in synthesizing applicable compounds are known in the art and include e.g. those described in R. Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers, 1989, or L. Paquette, ed., Encyclopedia of Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, 1995, which are both hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. The routes shown and described herein are illustrative only and are not intended, nor are they to be construed, to limit the scope of the claims in any manner whatsoever. Those skilled in the art will be able to recognize modifications of the disclosed syntheses and to devise alternate routes based on the disclosures herein; all such modifications and alternate routes are within the scope of the claims.
[0141] In the following schemes, protecting groups for oxygen atoms are selected for their compatibility with the requisite synthetic steps as well as compatibility of the introduction and deprotection steps with the overall synthetic schemes (P.G.M. Green, T.W. Wutts, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis (3rd ed.) Wiley, New York (1999)). Handling of protecting and/or sterodirecting groups specific to boronic acid derivatives is described in a recent review of chemistry of boronic acids: D.G. Hall (Ed.), Boronic Acids. Preparation and Application in Organic Synthesis and Medicine, Wiley VCH (2005) and in earlier reviews: Matteson, D. S. (1988). Asymmetric synthesis with boronic esters. Accounts of Chemical Research, 21(8), 294-300, and Matteson, D. S. (1989). Tetrahedron, 45(7), 1859-1885), all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. The latter review articles also describe methodology for stereoselective insertion of halomethine functionality next to the boronate which is employed in the synthetic schemes below.
[0142] In addition to standard acid catalyzed deprotection, special methods for removal of boronic acid protecting and/or sterodirecting groups methods using fluorides (Yuen, A. K. L., & Hutton, C. A. (2005). Tetrahedron Letters, 46(46), 7899-7903, which isincorporated herein by reference in its entirety) or periodate oxidation (Coutts, S. J., et al. (1994). Tetrahedron Letters, 35(29), 5109-5112, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) can also be employed in preparations of the compounds disclosed herein.
[0143] In strategies employing pinanediol or other diol-based chiral auxiliaries for stereospecific introduction of new chiral centers, the early stages of chemistry on boronic intermediates can be performed on chiral boronate esters or alternatively nonchiral borate/boronate intermediates can be used in early stages followed by transesterification with chiral diols prior to the step where stereoselection is required.
Exemplary Synthetic Schemes for the Preparation of Compounds of Formulae I, III and
V
[0144] The following example schemes are provided for the guidance of the reader, and collectively represent an example method for making the compounds encompassed herein. Furthermore, other methods for preparing compounds described herein will be readily apparent to the person of ordinary skill in the art in light of the following reaction schemes and examples. Unless otherwise indicated, all variables are as defined above.
[0145] Compounds of formula IX (embodiments of the compound of Formula I) where R is H can be prepared as depicted in Schemes 1-4 from key intermediates 1-3, II-5, III-3 and IV-1, which may be assembled by known reactions (Boronic Acids: Preparations and Applications in Organic Synthesis, Medicine and Materials, D. G. Hall, ed., Wiley- VCH, Weinheim, 2011, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000058_0001
Formula IX
[0146] Compounds of formula IX can be made starting from protected aryl or heteroaryl precursors of formula 1-1 via Z-vinyl boronate (1-3) followed by cyclopropanation and deprotection. The compounds of formula 1-3 may be attained from 1-2 (where X is halogen), which may be made by means of known methods of Z-haloalkene formation {Tetrahedron Lett., 2001, 42, 3893-3896) with conventional protecting groups for R', R", and R' ", such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry (ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum, 1973, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety); and Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis P.G.M. Wutts, T.W. Green, Wiley, New York, 1999, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Aryl compounds of formula 1-2 upon borylation by well-known available methods {Chem. Rev. 2010, 110, 890-931, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) and boronate ester formation with desired chiral auxiliary give intermediates of formula 1-3. Alternatively vinyl boronate derivative 1-3 can also be made via acetylene derivative of formula 1-5, which can be made from compounds of formula 1-1 by acetylene coupling such as in Sonogoshira reaction. Phenyl acetylene derivatives of formula 1-5 can be transformed into Z-vinylboronates (1-3) by ruthenium hydride pincer complex catalysed addition of pinacolborane to terminal alkynes. (/. Am. Chem. Soc , 2012, 134, 14349-14352). A Cu- catalysed Z-selective hydroboration of alkynes with 1,8-diaminonaphthaleneborane may also be utilized to make compounds of formula 1-3 from terminal alkynes (1-5) {Org. Lett , 2016, 18, 1390-1393). Terminal acetylenes of formula 1-5 can be selectively transformed under silver catalyzed hydroboration conditions to compounds of formula 1-6 (Tetrahedron, 2014, 70, 5815- 5819). Such alkynyl boronates of formula 1-6 can be reduced stereoselectively to the cw-alkenyl pinacolboronates (1-3) via hydroboration with dicyclohexylborane (/. Org. Chem. , 2008, 73, 6841-6844).
[0147] Cyclopropanation of compounds of formula 1-3 to 1-4 may be attained by palladium or Zn mediated carbene additions (/. Am. Chem. Soc, 2015, 137, 13176-13182). Such transformations can also be done to give compounds of 1-4 in high enantioselectivity (Tetrahedron, 2008, 64, 7041-7095; Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2000, 2557-2562). Alternatively, dimethyloxosulfonium methylide also reacts with enones to undergo 1,4-addition followed by ring closure to give a cyclopropane derivatives (Tetrahedron Lett. , 2003, 44, 3629-3630). A phosphate carbenoid (RO)2P(0)OZnCH2I (/. Org. Chem. , 2010, 75, 1244-1250; Org. Process Res. Dev. , 2016, 20, 786-798) that can be stored may be utilized in such cyclopropanations from 1-3 to 1-4. Iodonium ylides derived from malonate methyl ester may also be utilized for higher reactivity in the Rh catalyzed cyclopropanation (Org. Lett. , 2012, 14, 317-3173).
[0148] Simultaneous deprotection of pinane ester and salicylic acid protective groups of compounds of formula 1-4 can be achieved by treating with dilute HC1 or trifluoroacetic acid, affording the desired compounds of structure IX. This transformation may also be achieved by treatment with BCI3 or BBr3 as disclosed in WO 2009/064414, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Alternatively, the deprotection may be attained via trans-esterification with isobutyl boronic acid in presence of dilute acid (as disclosed in WO 2009/064413, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) or via other known methods (/. Org. Chem. (2010), 75, 468-471, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). A two-step procedure for deprotection of alkylpmacolylboronate esters is also known via transesterification with diethanolamine followed by hydrolysis (/. Org. Chem., 2011, 76, 3571-3575). Compounds of formula 1-4 where Z is DAN (1,8-diaminonaphthalene) protected boramide may be deprotected utilizing mild acidic conditions (./. Am.. Chem. Soc. 2007, 129, 758-759)
Scheme 2
Figure imgf000060_0001
Formula IX
[0149] In an alternative sequence, compounds of formula IX can be made via a convergent approach from intermediates II-3 and II-4 as shown in Scheme 2. Salicylic acid derivatives of formula II-4 where Y is a leaving group undergo coupling reaction with Reformatsky reagent of II-3 in Negishi conditions to give intermediates of formula II-5 (Tetrahedron, 2014, 1508-1515; /. Org. Chem. , 2013, 78, 8250-8266, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Intermediates of formula II-4 where Y is - B(OH)2 undergo palladium mediated Suzuki type cross-coupling with II-3 (/. Org. Chem. , 1996, 61, 8718-8719) to give compounds of formula 11-5. Intermediates of II-3 can be made by decarboxylation of II-2 (the preparation of which is disclosed in WO 2011154953), which in turn may be made from corresponding carboxylic acid via C-H insertion (Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2016, 55, 785-789), or via Simmons-Smith reaction of cis-vinyl boronate precursors (Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2000, 2557-2562). Intermediates of formula II-5 can be further transformed to compound of formula IX under the conditions described in scheme 1.
Scheme 3
H
Figure imgf000061_0001
Cyclopropanation
Figure imgf000061_0002
[0150] In another example, compounds of formula XI (embodiments of the compound of Formula V) can be made via borylation followed by cyclopropanation from acetylene intermediate III-2 as shown in Scheme 3. Alcohols of formula III-l can be made by a variety of ways known in literature in both chiral forms. Such protected alcohols of III-l may be made by selective reduction of diketones to give 3,5-dihydroxypentanoate (m=l) ( . Org. Chem., 2000, 65, 7792 -7799) or 3,6-dihydroxypentanoate (m=2) (Org. Biomol. Chem., 2011, 9, 4823-4830) intermediates. Acetylene intermediates of formula III-2 can be made from oxidation of intermediates of III-l followed by Corey-Fuchs method (Org. Synth. 2005, 81, 1). Alternatively, aldehydes of III-l can also be transformed to III-2 by treating with dimethyl- 1- (l-diazo-2-oxopropyl)phosphonate (/. Am. Chem. Soc, 2003, 125, 3714-3715). Such acetylene intermediates of III-2 can be further converted to compounds of XI via borylation, cyclopropanation and deprotection sequence as described above in Scheme 1. tion
Figure imgf000062_0001
[0151] Compounds of formula IV-2 (embodiments of compounds of Formula III), IV-4 (embodiments of compounds of Formula I), and IV-6 (embodiments of compounds of Formula I), may be prepared from appropriately protected vinyl boronate intermediates of formula IV-1 (prepared in Scheme 1) as shown in Scheme 4. Derivatives of formula IV-1 can be directly transformed to vinyl boronates of IV-2 by deprotection in the conditions described above in scheme 1. Intermediates of formula IV-1 may be treated with diazoacetates {Tetrahedron, 2008, 64, 7041-7095) to undergo cyclopropanation followed by selective ester deprotection to carboxylic acid intermediates of formula IV-3. Such carboxylic acids undergo amide formation followed by deprotection to give amide analogs of formula IV-4 (Org. Process Res. Dev. , 2016, 20, 140-177). The carboxylic acids of IV-3 may be converted to carbamates (IV-5) via Curtius rearrangement (Chem. Rev. 1988, 88, 297-368; Org. Lett., 2005, 4107-4110; Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2009, 5998 -6008 which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Intermediates of IV-5 upon selective hydrolysis of carbamate followed by appropriate amide formation give compounds of formula IV-6. Compounds of formula IV-5 may also be transformed to compounds of formula IX where Y5 is -NHC(0)-0- by hydrolysis.
Scheme
Figure imgf000062_0002
[0152] Intermediates of formula V-3 may be prepared as shown in Scheme 5. V-3 may be used in the preparation of compound of formula IX. Such intermediates of formula V-3 can be synthesized from V-2 where X' is a triflate or bromo or iodo group. Synthesis of boronates of V-3 may be achieved via Miyaura borylation reaction by cross-coupling of bis(pinacolato)diboron (Β2ρή¾) with aryl halides (/. Org. Chem. , 1995, 60, 7508-7510). The coupling of aryl halides with terminal acetylenes catalyzed by palladium and other transition metals may be achieved via Sonogashira cross-coupling reaction to give acetylenes of formula V-3 (Chem. Soc. Rev. , 2011, 40, 5084-5121). Compounds where X' is substituted with bromo or iodo groups can be attained from appropriately protected commercial 2,5-hydroxy-benzoic acid derivatives (/. Med. Chem., 2003, 46, 3437-3440, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Intermediates of V-2 can also be prepared via carboxylation of derivatives of formula V-l where Z' is a fluoro or OR' or SR' by the method described in WO 2012/106995, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Synthesis o f Prodrugs
[0153] Compounds of formula IX where the R is a prodrug moiety may be synthesized by a variety of known methods of different carboxylic acid prodrugs (Prodrugs: Challenges and Rewards, V. J. Stella, et al., ed., Springer, New York, 2007, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). These prodrugs include but are not limited to substituted or non-substituted alkyl esters, (acyloxy)alkyl (Synthesis 2012, 44, 207, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), [(alkoxycarbonyl)oxy]methyl esters (WO10097675, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), or (oxodioxolyl)methyl esters (/. Med. Chem. 1996, 39, 323-338, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Such prodrugs can be made from compounds of formula VI-1 where R = H by treatment with acid or in neutral conditions (e.g., carbodiimide coupling) in the presence of alcohols (ROH) or via base promoted esterification with RX where X is a leaving group in the presence of an appropriate base.
Scheme 6
Figure imgf000063_0001
VI-1 Formula IX [0154] One exemplary but non-limiting general synthetic scheme for preparing prodrugs is shown in Scheme 6. The boronic acid of formula VI-1 where R is hydrogen can react with a chloro/bromo-substituted prodrug moiety to form a prodrug of formula IX where R is a prodrug moiety. Examples of the prodrug moiety R can be -C1_9alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)C1_
9alkyl, -CRluR1OC(0)OC1_9alkyl, and
Figure imgf000064_0001
Scheme 7
Figure imgf000064_0002
VII-1 IX
[0155] Alternatively, boronate derivatives of formula VII-1 where Z is a boronate ester of pinacol or pinanediol or boramide of 1,8-diaminonaphthalene (/. Am. Chem. Soc, 2007, 129, 758) or corresponding tetrafluoroborates {Chem. Rev. 2008, 108, 288-325), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) may be also utilized for introduction of prodrugs and convert them to final prodrugs as shown in Scheme 7. Such carboxylic acids (VII-1) can be made from compounds of formula 1-4 by selective deprotection of OR'. The prodrug group may also be introduced earlier in the sequence in compounds of formula 1-1 where R' is R. Such sequence where prodrug is introduced in earlier intermediates is only feasible when the ester is stable under the final deprotection conditions to remove the phenol protective group and boronate ester group.
Administration and Pharmaceutical Compositions
[0156] The compounds are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage. While human dosage levels have yet to be optimized for the compounds described herein, generally, a daily dose may be from about 0.25 mg/kg to about 120 mg/kg or more of body weight, from about 0.5 mg/kg or less to about 70 mg/kg, from about 1.0 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg of body weight, or from about 1.5 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg of body weight. Thus, for administration to a 70 kg person, the dosage range would be from about 17 mg per day to about 8000 mg per day, from about 35 mg per day or less to about 7000 mg per day or more, from about 70 mg per day to about 6000 mg per day, from about 100 mg per day to about 5000 mg per day, or from about 200 mg to about 3000 mg per day. The amount of active compound administered will, of course, be dependent on the subject and disease state being treated, the severity of the affliction, the manner and schedule of administration and the judgment of the prescribing physician.
[0157] Administration of the compounds disclosed herein or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be via any of the accepted modes of administration for agents that serve similar utilities including, but not limited to, orally, subcutaneously, intravenously, intranasally, topically, transdermally, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, intrapulmonarilly, vaginally, rectally, or intraocularly. Oral and parenteral administrations are customary in treating the indications that are the subject of the preferred embodiments.
[0158] The compounds useful as described above can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions for use in treatment of these conditions. Standard pharmaceutical formulation techniques are used, such as those disclosed in Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (2005), incorporated by reference in its entirety. Accordingly, some embodiments include pharmaceutical compositions comprising: (a) a safe and therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein (including enantiomers, diastereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, and solvates thereof), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; and (b) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient or combination thereof.
[0159] In addition to the selected compound useful as described above, come embodiments include compositions containing a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" or "pharmaceutically acceptable excipient" includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated. In addition, various adjuvants such as are commonly used in the art may be included. Considerations for the inclusion of various components in pharmaceutical compositions are described, e.g., in Gilman et al. (Eds.) (1990); Goodman and Gilman's: The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 8th Ed., Pergamon Press, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[0160] Some examples of substances, which can serve as pharmaceutically- acceptable carriers or components thereof, are sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, and methyl cellulose; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; solid lubricants, such as stearic acid and magnesium stearate; calcium sulfate; vegetable oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and oil of theobroma; polyols such as propylene glycol, glycerine, sorbitol, mannitol, and polyethylene glycol; alginic acid; emulsifiers, such as the TWEENS; wetting agents, such sodium lauryl sulfate; coloring agents; flavoring agents; tableting agents, stabilizers; antioxidants; preservatives; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; and phosphate buffer solutions.
[0161] The choice of a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier to be used in conjunction with the subject compound is basically determined by the way the compound is to be administered.
[0162] The compositions described herein are preferably provided in unit dosage form. As used herein, a "unit dosage form" is a composition containing an amount of a compound that is suitable for administration to an animal, preferably mammal subject, in a single dose, according to good medical practice. The preparation of a single or unit dosage form however, does not imply that the dosage form is administered once per day or once per course of therapy. Such dosage forms are contemplated to be administered once, twice, thrice or more per day and may be administered as infusion over a period of time (e.g., from about 30 minutes to about 2-6 hours), or administered as a continuous infusion, and may be given more than once during a course of therapy, though a single administration is not specifically excluded. The skilled artisan will recognize that the formulation does not specifically contemplate the entire course of therapy and such decisions are left for those skilled in the art of treatment rather than formulation.
[0163] The compositions useful as described above may be in any of a variety of suitable forms for a variety of routes for administration, for example, for oral, nasal, rectal, topical (including transdermal), ocular, intracerebral, intracranial, intrathecal, intra-arterial, intravenous, intramuscular, or other parental routes of administration. The skilled artisan will appreciate that oral and nasal compositions comprise compositions that are administered by inhalation, and made using available methodologies. Depending upon the particular route of administration desired, a variety of pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers well-known in the art may be used. Pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include, for example, solid or liquid fillers, diluents, hydrotropies, surface-active agents, and encapsulating substances. Optional pharmaceutically-active materials may be included, which do not substantially interfere with the inhibitory activity of the compound. The amount of carrier employed in conjunction with the compound is sufficient to provide a practical quantity of material for administration per unit dose of the compound. Techniques and compositions for making dosage forms useful in the methods described herein are described in the following references, all incorporated by reference herein: Modern Pharmaceutics, 4th Ed., Chapters 9 and 10 (Banker & Rhodes, editors, 2002); Lieberman et al., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Tablets (1989); and Ansel, Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms 8th Edition (2004).
[0164] Various oral dosage forms can be used, including such solid forms as tablets, capsules, granules and bulk powders. Tablets can be compressed, tablet triturates, enteric- coated, sugar-coated, film-coated, or multiple-compressed, containing suitable binders, lubricants, diluents, disintegrating agents, coloring agents, flavoring agents, flow-inducing agents, and melting agents. Liquid oral dosage forms include aqueous solutions, emulsions, suspensions, solutions and/or suspensions reconstituted from non-effervescent granules, and effervescent preparations reconstituted from effervescent granules, containing suitable solvents, preservatives, emulsifying agents, suspending agents, diluents, sweeteners, melting agents, coloring agents and flavoring agents.
[0165] The pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier suitable for the preparation of unit dosage forms for peroral administration is well-known in the art. Tablets typically comprise conventional pharmaceutically-compatible adjuvants as inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, mannitol, lactose and cellulose; binders such as starch, gelatin and sucrose; disintegrants such as starch, alginic acid and croscarmelose; lubricants such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid and talc. Glidants such as silicon dioxide can be used to improve flow characteristics of the powder mixture. Coloring agents, such as the FD&C dyes, can be added for appearance. Sweeteners and flavoring agents, such as aspartame, saccharin, menthol, peppermint, and fruit flavors, are useful adjuvants for chewable tablets. Capsules typically comprise one or more solid diluents disclosed above. The selection of carrier components depends on secondary considerations like taste, cost, and shelf stability, which are not critical, and can be readily made by a person skilled in the art.
[0166] Peroral compositions also include liquid solutions, emulsions, suspensions, and the like. The pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers suitable for preparation of such compositions are well known in the art. Typical components of carriers for syrups, elixirs, emulsions and suspensions include ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, liquid sucrose, sorbitol and water. For a suspension, typical suspending agents include methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, AVICEL RC-591, tragacanth and sodium alginate; typical wetting agents include lecithin and polysorbate 80; and typical preservatives include methyl paraben and sodium benzoate. Peroral liquid compositions may also contain one or more components such as sweeteners, flavoring agents and colorants disclosed above.
[0167] Such compositions may also be coated by conventional methods, typically with pH or time-dependent coatings, such that the subject compound is released in the gastrointestinal tract in the vicinity of the desired topical application, or at various times to extend the desired action. Such dosage forms typically include, but are not limited to, one or more of cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinylacetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate, ethyl cellulose, Eudragit coatings, waxes and shellac.
[0168] Compositions described herein may optionally include other drug actives.
[0169] Other compositions useful for attaining systemic delivery of the subject compounds include sublingual, buccal and nasal dosage forms. Such compositions typically comprise one or more of soluble filler substances such as sucrose, sorbitol and mannitol; and binders such as acacia, microcrystalline cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose. Glidants, lubricants, sweeteners, colorants, antioxidants and flavoring agents disclosed above may also be included.
[0170] A liquid composition, which is formulated for topical ophthalmic use, is formulated such that it can be administered topically to the eye. The comfort should be maximized as much as possible, although sometimes formulation considerations (e.g. drug stability) may necessitate less than optimal comfort. In the case that comfort cannot be maximized, the liquid should be formulated such that the liquid is tolerable to the patient for topical ophthalmic use. Additionally, an ophthalmically acceptable liquid should either be packaged for single use, or contain a preservative to prevent contamination over multiple uses.
[0171] For ophthalmic application, solutions or medicaments are often prepared using a physiological saline solution as a major vehicle. Ophthalmic solutions should preferably be maintained at a comfortable pH with an appropriate buffer system. The formulations may also contain conventional, pharmaceutically acceptable preservatives, stabilizers and surfactants.
[0172] Preservatives that may be used in the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, benzalkonium chloride, PHMB, chlorobutanol, thimerosal, phenylmercuric, acetate and phenylmercuric nitrate. A useful surfactant is, for example, Tween 80. Likewise, various useful vehicles may be used in the ophthalmic preparations disclosed herein. These vehicles include, but are not limited to, polyvinyl alcohol, povidone, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, poloxamers, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose and purified water.
[0173] Tonicity adjustors may be added as needed or convenient. They include, but are not limited to, salts, particularly sodium chloride, potassium chloride, mannitol and glycerin, or any other suitable ophthalmically acceptable tonicity adjustor.
[0174] Various buffers and means for adjusting pH may be used so long as the resulting preparation is ophthalmically acceptable. For many compositions, the pH will be between 4 and 9. Accordingly, buffers include acetate buffers, citrate buffers, phosphate buffers and borate buffers. Acids or bases may be used to adjust the pH of these formulations as needed. [0175] In a similar vein, an ophthalmically acceptable antioxidant includes, but is not limited to, sodium metabisulfite, sodium thiosulfate, acetylcysteine, butylated hydroxyanisole and butylated hydroxytoluene.
[0176] Other excipient components, which may be included in the ophthalmic preparations, are chelating agents. A useful chelating agent is edetate disodium, although other chelating agents may also be used in place or in conjunction with it.
[0177] For topical use, creams, ointments, gels, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing the compound disclosed herein are employed. Topical formulations may generally be comprised of a pharmaceutical carrier, co-solvent, emulsifier, penetration enhancer, preservative system, and emollient.
[0178] For intravenous administration, the compounds and compositions described herein may be dissolved or dispersed in a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, such as a saline or dextrose solution. Suitable excipients may be included to achieve the desired pH, including but not limited to NaOH, sodium carbonate, sodium acetate, HC1, and citric acid. In various embodiments, the pH of the final composition ranges from 2 to 8, or preferably from 4 to 7. Antioxidant excipients may include sodium bisulfite, acetone sodium bisulfite, sodium formaldehyde, sulfoxylate, thiourea, and EDTA. Other non-limiting examples of suitable excipients found in the final intravenous composition may include sodium or potassium phosphates, citric acid, tartaric acid, gelatin, and carbohydrates such as dextrose, mannitol, and dextran. Further acceptable excipients are described in Powell, et al., Compendium of Excipients for Parenteral Formulations, PDA J Pharm Sci and Tech 1998, 52 238-311 and Nema et al., Excipients and Their Role in Approved Injectable Products: Current Usage and Future Directions, PDA J Pharm Sci and Tech 2011, 65 287-332, both of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Antimicrobial agents may also be included to achieve a bacteriostatic or fungistatic solution, including but not limited to phenylmercuric nitrate, thimerosal, benzethonium chloride, benzalkonium chloride, phenol, cresol, and chlorobutanol.
[0179] The compositions for intravenous administration may be provided to caregivers in the form of one more solids that are reconstituted with a suitable diluent such as sterile water, saline or dextrose in water shortly prior to administration. In other embodiments, the compositions are provided in solution ready to administer parenterally. In still other embodiments, the compositions are provided in a solution that is further diluted prior to administration. In embodiments that include administering a combination of a compound described herein and another agent, the combination may be provided to caregivers as a mixture, or the caregivers may mix the two agents prior to administration, or the two agents may be administered separately. [0180] The actual dose of the active compounds described herein depends on the specific compound, and on the condition to be treated; the selection of the appropriate dose is well within the knowledge of the skilled artisan.
Methods of Treatment
[0181] Some embodiments of the present invention include methods of treating bacterial infections with the compounds and compositions comprising the compounds described herein. Some methods include administering a compound, composition, pharmaceutical composition described herein to a subject in need thereof. In some embodiments, a subject can be an animal, e.g., a mammal (including a human). In some embodiments, the bacterial infection comprises a bacteria described herein. As will be appreciated from the foregoing, methods of treating a bacterial infection include methods for preventing bacterial infection in a subject at risk thereof.
[0182] In some embodiments, the subject is a human.
[0183] Further embodiments include administering a combination of compounds to a subject in need thereof. A combination can include a compound, composition, pharmaceutical composition described herein with an additional medicament.
[0184] Some embodiments include co-administering a compound, composition, and/or pharmaceutical composition described herein, with an additional medicament. By "coadministration," it is meant that the two or more agents may be found in the patient's bloodstream at the same time, regardless of when or how they are actually administered. In one embodiment, the agents are administered simultaneously. In one such embodiment, administration in combination is accomplished by combining the agents in a single dosage form. In another embodiment, the agents are administered sequentially. In one embodiment the agents are administered through the same route, such as orally. In another embodiment, the agents are administered through different routes, such as one being administered orally and another being administered intravenous (i.v.).
[0185] Examples of additional medicaments include an antibacterial agent, antifungal agent, an antiviral agent, an anti-inflammatory agent and an anti-allergic agent.
[0186] Preferred embodiments include combinations of a compound, composition or pharmaceutical composition described herein with an antibacterial agent such as a β-lactam. Examples of such β-lactams include Amoxicillin, Ampicillin (e.g., Pivampicillin, Hetacillin, Bacampicillin, Metampicillin, Talampicillin), Epicillin, Carbenicillin (Carindacillin), Ticarcillin, Temocillin, Azlocillin, Piperacillin, Mezlocillin, Mecillinam (Pivmecillinam), Sulbenicillin, Benzylpenicillin (G), Clometocillin, Benzathine benzylpenicillin, Procaine benzylpenicillin, Azidocillin, Penamecillin, Phenoxymethylpenicillin (V), Propicillin, Benzathine phenoxymethylpenicillin, Pheneticillin, Cloxacillin (e.g., Dicloxacillin, Flucloxacillin), Oxacillin, Methicillin, Nafcillin, Faropenem, Biapenem, Doripenem, Ertapenem, Imipenem, Meropenem, Panipenem, Cefazolin, Cefacetrile, Cefadroxil, Cefalexin, Cefaloglycin, Cefalonium, Cefaloridine, Cefalotin, Cefapirin, Cefatrizine, Cefazedone, Cefazaflur, Cefradine, Cefroxadine, Ceftezole, Cefaclor, Cefamandole, Cefminox, Cefonicid, Ceforanide, Cefotiam, Cefprozil, Cefbuperazone, Cefuroxime, Cefuzonam, Cefoxitin, Cefotetan, Cefmetazole, Loracarbef, Cefixime, Ceftazidime, Ceftriaxone, Cefcapene, Cefdaloxime, Cefdinir, Cefditoren, Cefetamet, Cefmenoxime, Cefodizime, Cefoperazone, Cefotaxime, Cefpimizole, Cefpiramide, Cefpodoxime, Cefsulodin, Cefteram, Ceftibuten, Ceftiolene, Ceftizoxime, Flomoxef, Latamoxef, Cefepime, Cefozopran, Cefpirome, Cefquinome, Ceftobiprole, Ceftaroline, Ceftiofur, Cefquinome, Cefovecin, Aztreonam, Tigemonam and Carumonam.
[0187] Preferred embodiments include β-lactams such as Ceftazidime, Biapenem, Doripenem, Ertapenem, Imipenem, Meropenem, Tebipenem, Tebipenem pivoxil, Apapenem, and Panipenem.
[0188] Additional preferred embodiments include β-lactams such as Aztreonam, Tigemonam, and Carumonam.
[0189] Some embodiments include a combination of the compounds, compositions and/or pharmaceutical compositions described herein with an additional agent, wherein the additional agent comprises a monobactam. Examples of monobactams include aztreonam, tigemonam, nocardicin A, carumonam, and tabtoxin. In some such embodiments, the compound, composition and/or pharmaceutical composition comprises a class A, C, or D beta- lactamase inhibitor. Some embodiments include co-administering the compound, composition or pharmaceutical composition described herein with one or more additional agents.
[0190] Some embodiments include a combination of the compounds, compositions and/or pharmaceutical compositions described herein with an additional agent, wherein the additional agent comprises a class B beta lactamase inhibitor. An example of a class B beta lactamase inhibitor includes ME1071 (Yoshikazu Ishii et al, "In Vitro Potentiation of Carbapenems with ME1071, a Novel Metallo-6-Lactamase Inhibitor, against Metallo-β- lactamase Producing Pseudomonas aeruginosa Clinical Isolates." Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. doi:10.1128/AAC.01397-09 (July 2010)). Some embodiments include coadministering the compound, composition or pharmaceutical composition described herein with one or more additional agents.
[0191] Some embodiments include a combination of the compounds, compositions and/or pharmaceutical compositions described herein with an additional agent, wherein the additional agent comprises one or more agents that include a class A, B, C, or D beta lactamase inhibitor. Some embodiments include co-administering the compound, composition or pharmaceutical composition described herein with the one or more additional agents.
Indications
[0192] The compounds and compositions comprising the compounds described herein can be used to treat bacterial infections. Bacterial infections that can be treated with the compounds, compositions and methods described herein can comprise a wide spectrum of bacteria. Example organisms include gram-positive bacteria, gram-negative bacteria, aerobic and anaerobic bacteria, such as Staphylococcus, Lactobacillus, Streptococcus, Sarcina, Escherichia, Enterobacter, Klebsiella, Pseudomonas, Acinetobacter, Mycobacterium, Proteus, Campylobacter, Citrobacter, Nisseria, Baccillus, Bacteroides, Peptococcus, Clostridium, Salmonella, Shigella, Serratia, Haemophilus, Brucella and other organisms.
[0193] More examples of bacterial infections include Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pseudomonas fluorescens, Pseudomonas acidovorans, Pseudomonas alcaligenes, Pseudomonas putida, Stenotrophomonas maltophilia, Burkholderia cepacia, Aeromonas hydrophilia, Escherichia coli, Citrobacter freundii, Salmonella typhimurium, Salmonella typhi, Salmonella paratyphi, Salmonella enteritidis, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella flexneri, Shigella sonnei, Enterobacter cloacae, Enterobacter aerogenes, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Klebsiella oxytoca, Serratia marcescens, Francisella tularensis, Morganella morganii, Proteus mirabilis, Proteus vulgaris, Providencia alcalifaciens, Providencia rettgeri, Providencia stuartii, Acinetobacter baumannii, Acinetobacter calcoaceticus, Acinetobacter haemolyticus, Yersinia enterocolitica, Yersinia pestis, Yersinia pseudotuberculosis, Yersinia intermedia, Bordetella pertussis, Bordetella parapertussis, Bordetella bronchiseptica, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Haemophilus haemolyticus, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus ducreyi, Pasteurella multocida, Pasteurella haemolytica, Branhamella catarrhalis, Helicobacter pylori, Campylobacter fetus, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter coli, Borrelia burgdorferi, Vibrio cholerae, Vibrio parahaemolyticus, Legionella pneumophila, Listeria monocytogenes, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitidis, Kingella, Moraxella, Gardnerella vaginalis, Bacteroides fragilis, Bacteroides distasonis, Bacteroides 3452A homology group, Bacteroides vulgatus, Bacteroides ovalus, Bacteroides thetaiotaomicron, Bacteroides uniformis, Bacteroides eggerthii, Bacteroides splanchnicus, Clostridium difficile, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium avium, Mycobacterium intracellulare, Mycobacterium leprae, Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Corynebacterium ulcerans, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Staphylococcus intermedius, Staphylococcus hyicus subsp. hyicus, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, or Staphylococcus saccharolyticus.
[0194] To further illustrate this invention, the following examples are included. The examples should not, of course, be construed as specifically limiting the invention. Variations of these examples within the scope of the claims are within the purview of one skilled in the art and are considered to fall within the scope of the invention as described, and claimed herein. The reader will recognize that the skilled artisan, armed with the present disclosure, and skill in the art is able to prepare and use the invention without exhaustive examples. The following examples will further describe the present invention, and are used for the purposes of illustration only, and should not be considered as limiting.
EXAMPLES
General procedures
[0195] Materials used in preparing the cyclic boronic acid ester derivatives described herein may be made by known methods or are commercially available. It will be apparent to the skilled artisan that methods for preparing precursors and functionality related to the compounds claimed herein are generally described in the literature including, for example, procedures described in US7271186 and WO2009064414, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. In these reactions, it is also possible to make use of variants which are themselves known to those of ordinary skill in this art, but are not mentioned in greater detail. The skilled artisan given the literature and this disclosure is well equipped to prepare any of the compounds.
[0196] It is recognized that the skilled artisan in the art of organic chemistry can readily carry out manipulations without further direction, that is, it is well within the scope and practice of the skilled artisan to carry out these manipulations. These include reduction of carbonyl compounds to their corresponding alcohols, oxidations, acylations, aromatic substitutions, both electrophilic and nucleophilic, etherifications, esterification and saponification and the like. These manipulations are discussed in standard texts such as March Advanced Organic Chemistry (Wiley), Carey and Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry (incorporated herein by reference in their entirety) and the like.
[0197] The skilled artisan will readily appreciate that certain reactions are best carried out when other functionality is masked or protected in the molecule, thus avoiding any undesirable side reactions and/or increasing the yield of the reaction. Often the skilled artisan utilizes protecting groups to accomplish such increased yields or to avoid the undesired reactions. These reactions are found in the literature and are also well within the scope of the skilled artisan. Examples of many of these manipulations can be found for example in T. Greene and P. Wuts Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, 4th Ed., John Wiley & Sons (2007), incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[0198] The following example schemes are provided for the guidance of the reader, and represent preferred methods for making the compounds exemplified herein. These methods are not limiting, and it will be apparent that other routes may be employed to prepare these compounds. Such methods specifically include solid phase based chemistries, including combinatorial chemistry. The skilled artisan is thoroughly equipped to prepare these compounds by those methods given the literature and this disclosure. The compound numberings used in the synthetic schemes depicted below are meant for those specific schemes only, and should not be construed as or confused with same numberings in other sections of the application.
[0199] Trademarks used herein are examples only and reflect illustrative materials used at the time of the invention. The skilled artisan will recognize that variations in lot, manufacturing processes, and the like, are expected. Hence the examples, and the trademarks used in them are non-limiting, and they are not intended to be limiting, but are merely an illustration of how a skilled artisan may choose to perform one or more of the embodiments of the invention.
EXAMPLE 1
Disodium salt of 2-Hvdroxy-5-methoxy-la,7b-dihvdro-lH-cycloproparci ri,21benzoxaborinine-
4-carboxylic acid (Compound 1')
Figure imgf000075_0001
1A 1 B 1C
Figure imgf000075_0002
Step 1 : Synthesis of IB
[0200] A solution of bromine (14.06 mL, 274 mrnol, 1 eq.) in CH2C12 (20 mL) was added slowly over 8 h to a suspension of 2,6-dimethoxybenzoic acid (1A) (50 g, 274 mmol) in CH2CI2 (200 mL). After stirring at rt overnight, the light orange slurry was heated and a portion of the solvent (methyl bromide, hydrogen bromide and CH2CI2) was removed by distillation at atmospheric pressure (total volume distilled 100 mL). Ethanol (150 mL) was added and the remaining CH2CI2 was distilled off at atmospheric pressure, slowly increasing the bath temperature to 90 °C. Upon completion of the distillation (1 h), the heterogeneous mixture was cooled to rt. After stirring 1 h at rt, the slurry was cooled to 0 °C. After stirring at 0 °C for 2 h, the solids were collected by filtration. The filtrate was recirculated to rinse the flask and stir bar. The solids were rinsed with ethanol at 0 °C (2 x 50 mL), air dried, then dried under high vacuum to give IB as fine white needles (58.23 g, 85.9%). Step 2: Synthesis of 1C
[0201] A 10-mL syringe filled with trifluoroacetic anhydride (11.25 mL, 81 mmol, 2 eq) and a 20-mL syringe filled with acetone (17 mL, 232 mmol, 5.7 eq) were added simultaneously via syringe pump over 24 hours to a clear solution of IB (10 g, 40 mmol) in TFA (10 mL) at 70°C. After 1 hour, the starting material began to crystallize out. TFA (5 mL) was added, affording a clear solution. After another hour at 70°C the solution became slightly heterogeneous. Upon completion of the addition, HPLC showed 89: 11 product to starting material. After stirring at 70 °C overnight, the ratio was 92:8. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with ethyl acetate (15 mL), filtered over celite, and the pad and flask were rinsed with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL). The clear black filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The solids were taken up in ethyl acetate (50 mL) and CH2CI2 (10 mL, to improve solubility of the product) and washed twice with a saturated solution of NaHCC>3 (50 and 30 mL). The brown/black solution was concentrated to dryness. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate (10 mL) and the mixture was heated to reflux. Heptane (3 x 10 mL) was added and the mixture was brought to reflux (after the last addition of heptane, the product started crystallizing). The heterogeneous mixture was refluxed for 15 min and was allowed to cool to rt. After stirring at rt for 2 hours and 0°C for 2 hours, the solids were collected by filtration. The filtrate was recirculated to rinse the flask. The solids were rinsed with 3: 1 heptane/ ethyl acetate at 0 °C (2 x 10 mL), air dried, then dried under high vacuum to give 1C as a light tan powder (8.83 g, 76%).
Step 3: Synthesis of compound ID
[0202] To the solution of compound 1C (8.61g, 30 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (30 mL) was added acrylic acid (3.1 mL, 45 mmol, 1.5 eq), TEA (12.5 mL, 90 mmol, 3 eq), Pd(OAc)2 (337 mg, 1.5 mmol, 0.05 eq) and tri(o-tolyl)phosphine (913 mg, 3.0 mmol, 0.1 eq). The reaction mixture was flushed with nitrogen and stirred at 100°C for 14 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and the solid was washed with 0.2N HC1 and DCM to give compound ID (5.3 g, 64%) as off-white solid, which is pure enough. JH NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): 57.70- 7.64 (m, 2H), 6.63 (d, / = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.29 (d, / =16.2 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 1.65 (s, 6H). Step 4: Synthesis of compound IE
[0203] To the suspension of compound ID (5.2 g, 18.7 mmol, 1.0 eq) in chloroform (200 mL) was added bromine liquid (1.1 mL, 21.5 mmol, 1.15 eq) dropwise in 5 minutes at 0°C. The reaction solution was stirred at 0°C for 2 hours before it was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained yellow solid is crude compound IE (8.2 g, 99%), which was used directly for next step without purification. Step 5: Synthesis of compound IF
[0204] To the solution of compound IE (8.2 g, 18.7 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (24 mL) was added triethylamine (5.2 mL, 37.4 mmol, 2.0 eq) dropwise in 2 minutes at 0°C. The resulting reaction mixture was slowly warmed up to rt and stirred for 8 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with 0.1N HC1 and water. After dried over Na2SO/t, the organic layer was concentrated and chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc = 3/1 to 1/1) to give compound IF (3.2 g) as off-white solid. JH NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): 58.23 (d, / = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (d, / = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (d, / =8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 1.72 (s, 6H).
Step 6: Synthesis of compound 1G
[0205] The mixture of compound IF (626 mg, 2.0 mmol, 1.0 eq), bis((+)pinanediolato)diboron (1.1 g, 3.0 mmol, 1.5 eq), PdCl2(dppf) (163 mg, 0.2 mmol, 0.1 eq) and KOAc (400 mg, 4.0 mmol, 2.0 eq) in dioxane (15 mL) was stirred at 60°C for 2 hours under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with 0.1N HC1 and water. After dried over Na2SO/t, the organic layer was concentrated and purified by column chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc = 3/1 to 1/1) to give compound 1G (605 mg, 73%) as yellow solid. ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 413
Step 7: Synthesis of compound 1H
[0206] To the solution of compound 1G (98 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Pd(OAc)2 (2.7 mg, 0.012 mmol, 0.05 eq) in THF (3 mL) was slowly added diazomethane (5 mL, freshly made, about 0.2 to 0.3 M in ether) at -10°C in 15 minutes. The solution was slowly warmed up to rt and stirred for 2 hours before it was concentrated to dryness. The obtained residue was and purified by column chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc = 3/1 to 1/1) to give compound 1H (70 mg, 70%) as yellow oil. ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 427
Step 8: Synthesis of Compound 1'
[0207] The mixture of compound 1H (95 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (1.5 mL) and 3N NaOH (1.5 mL) was stirred at rt for 1 hour, LCMS indicating the disappearance of starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and TES (200 mg), TFA (5 mL) and i-BuB(OH)2 (80 mg) was added in sequence. The resulting yellow clear solution was stirred at rt for 2 hours before it was concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in water/MeCN and purified by prep-HPLC (C18, acetonitrile and water as mobile phases, 0.1% HCOOH). The obtained solid (26 mg) was dissolved in MeCN/water and adjusted to pH = 9.5 with IN NaOH (0.22 mL). After lyophilization, the obtained crude sodium salt of Compound 1 was dissolved in 0.6 mL water and was added acetone (1.1 mL) dropwise. The resulting suspension was stirred at rt for 3 hours. The mixture was filtered and the solid was washed with 10% water in acetone twice to give sodium salt of Compound 1 (24 mg) as a white solid. H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz): 56.83 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.15 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 1.60-1.48 (m, 1H), 0.60-0.46 (m, 1H), 0.06 -0.10 (m, 2H). ESI-MS: [M-H20+H]+: 217
EXAMPLE 2
Disodium salt of (la5,7bR)-2-hvdroxy-5-methoxy-la,7b-dihvdro-lH-cycloproparciri,21
Figure imgf000078_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of compound 2A
[0208] The mixture of compound IF (940 mg, 3.0 mmol, 1.0 eq), bis((- )pinanediolato)diboron (1.4 g, 3.9 mmol, 1.3 eq), PdC Xdppf) (245 mg, 0.3 mmol, 0.1 eq) and KOAc (600 mg, 6.0 mmol, 2.0 eq) in dioxane (15 mL) was stirred at 60°C for 2 hours under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with 0.1N HC1 and water. After dried over Na2SO/t, the organic layer was concentrated and purified by column chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc = 3/1 to 1/1) to give compound 2A (560 mg, 45%) as a yellow solid. ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 413
Step 2: Synthesis of compound 2C
[0209] To the solution of Et2Zn (11.0 mL, 1M in hexanes, 11.0 mmol, 8.0 eq) in DCM (8 mL) was added diiodomethane (1.44 mL, 16.0 mmol, 12 eq) dropwise in 3 minutes at - 78°C under nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting white mixture was stirred at -78°C for 10 minutes before compound 2A (560 mg, 1.36 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (6 mL) was added dropwise in 5 minutes. The solution was slowly warmed up to rt in 6 hours and stirred for 30 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was extracted with EtOAc (2x). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2S04 and then concentrated to dryness. The residue was briefly purified by column chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc = 3/1 to 1/1) to give a mixture of two isomers (2B and 2C) (510 mg, NMR HPLC showed - 1 :3 ratio of two isomers) as yellow oil. The mixture was further purified by prep-HPLC (CI 8, acetonitrile and water as mobile phases, 0.1% HCOOH) to give 3C as a white solid (154 mg). ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 427.
Step 3: Synthesis of Compound 2'
[0210] The mixture of compound 2C (217 mg, 0.51 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (3.0 mL) and 3N NaOH (3.0 mL) was stirred at rt for 2 hours, LCMS indicating the disappearance of starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and TES (300 mg), TFA (5 mL) and i-BuB(OH)2 (150 mg) was added in sequence. The resulting yellow clear solution was stirred at rt for 2 hours before it was concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in water/MeCN and purified by prep-HPLC (C18, acetonitrile and water as mobile phases, 0.1% HCOOH) to give free acid of Compound 2 (74 mg) as a white solid. The obtained solid (74 mg) was dissolved in MeCN/water and adjusted to pH = 9.5 with IN NaOH (0.58 mL). After lyophilization, the obtained crude sodium salt of Compound 2 was dissolved in 1.5 mL water and was added acetone (4.5 mL) dropwise. The resulting suspension was stirred at rt for 3 hours. The mixture was filtered and the solid was washed with 10% water in acetone twice to give Compound 2' (82 mg) as a white solid. JH NMR (D20, 300 MHz): 56.85 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.19 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 1.62-1.55 (m, 1H), 0.64-0.55 (m, 1H), 0.12-0.050 (m, 2H). ESI-MS: [M-H20+H]+: 217.
EXAMPLE 3
Disodium Salt of (laR,7bS)-2-hydroxy-5-methoxy-la,7b-dihydro-lH-cycloproparciri,21
Figure imgf000079_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of compound 3B
[0211] To the solution of Et2Zn (13.6 mL, 1M in hexanes, 13.6 mmol, 8.0 eq) in DCM (8 mL) was added diiodomethane (1.69 mL, 21 mmol, 12 eq) dropwise in 3 minutes at - 78°C under nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting white mixture was stirred at -78°C for 10 minutes before compound 1G (700 mg, 1.7 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (8 mL) was added dropwise in 5 minutes. The solution was slowly warmed up to rt in 6 hours and stirred for 30 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was extracted with EtOAc (2x). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2S04 and then concentrated to dryness. The residue was briefly purified by column chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc = 3/1 to 1/1) to give a mixture of two isomers of compound 3A and 3B (670 mg, NMR HPLC showed ~ 1 :3 ratio of two isomers) as yellow oil. The mixture was further purified by prep-HPLC (CI 8, acetonitrile and water as mobile phases, 0.1% HCOOH) to give 330 mg pure 3B as a white solid. ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 427. Absolute configuration of 3B was defined by Single Crystal X-ray Analysis.
Step 2: Synthesis of Compound 3'
[0212] The mixture of compound 3B (245 mg, 0.58 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (4.0 mL) and 3N NaOH (4.0 mL) was stirred at rt for 2 hours, LCMS indicating the disappearance of starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and TES (300 mg), TFA (5 mL) and i-BuB(OH)2 (180 mg) was added in sequence. The resulting yellow clear solution was stirred at rt for 2 hours before it was concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in water/MeCN and purified by prep-HPLC (C18, acetonitrile and water as mobile phases, 0.1% HCOOH) to give free acid Compound 3 (80 mg) as a white solid. The obtained solid (80 mg) was dissolved in MeCN/water and adjusted to pH = 9.5 with IN NaOH (0.62 mL). After lyophilization, the obtained crude sodium salt of Compound 3 was dissolved in 1.5 mL water and was added acetone (4.5 mL) dropwise. The resulting suspension was stirred at rt for 3 hours. The mixture was filtered and the solid was washed with 10% water in acetone twice to give Compound 3' (84 mg) as a white solid. JH NMR (D20, 300 MHz): 56.86 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.20 (d, / = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 1.64-1.55 (m, 1H), 0.64-0.55 (m, 1H), 0.13-0.05 (m, 2H). ESI-MS: [M- H20+H]+: 217.
EXAMPLE 4
Disodium Salt of 5-Fluoro-2-hvdroxy-la,7b-dihvdro-lH-cycloproparci ri,21benzoxaborinine-4-
Figure imgf000081_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of compound 4A
[0213] Compound 4A was prepared from Boc-t-Butyl ester intermediate (previously disclosed in WO 2015/179308) by TFA deprotection followed by isopropylidene protection as described in step 2 of Example 1.
Step 2: Synthesis of compound 4B
[0214] To the solution of compound 4A (16.0 g, 58 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (50 mL) was added acrylic acid (6.0 mL, 87 mmol, 1.5 eq), TEA (24 mL, 175 mmol, 3 eq), Pd(OAc)2 (651 mg, 2.9 mmol, 0.05 eq) and tri(o-tolyl)phosphine (1.77 g, 5.8 mmol, 0.1 eq). The reaction mixture was flushed with nitrogen and stirred at 100°C for 14 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and the solid was washed with 0.2N HC1 and DCM to give a yellow solid. The solid was re-crystallized in EtOAc and hexanes to give compound 4B (8.2 g, 53%) as an off-white solid. JH NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz): 58.01 (dd, 1H), 7.78 (d, / = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (dd, 1H), 6.57 (d, /=16.0 Hz, 1H), 1.80 (s, 6H).
Step 3: Synthesis of compound 4C
[0215] To the suspension of compound 4B (8.2 g, 30.8 mmol, 1.0 eq) in chloroform (300 mL) was added bromine liquid (1.8 mL, 35.4 mmol, 1.15 eq) dropwise in 5 minutes at 0°C. The reaction solution was stirred at 0°C for 2 hours before it was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained yellow solid is crude compound 4C (14.7 g), which was used directly for next step without purification. Step 4: Synthesis of compound 4D
[0216] To the solution of compound 4C (14.7 g, 30.8 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (35 mL) was added triethylamine (8.6 mL, 61.6 mmol, 2.0 eq) dropwise in 2 minutes at 0°C. The resulting reaction mixture was slowly warmed up to rt and stirred for 8 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with 0.1N HC1 and water. After dried over Na2SO/t, the organic layer was concentrated and chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc = 3/1 to 1/1) to give compound 4D (5.5 g) as an off-white solid. JH NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz): 58.20 (dd, 1H), 7.08 (d, / = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (t, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (d, / = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 1.75 (s, 6H).
Step 5: Synthesis of compound 4E
[0217] The mixture of compound 4D (700 mg, 2.3 mmol, 1.0 eq), bis((+)pinanediolato)diboron (1.24 g, 3.5 mmol, 1.5 eq), PdCl2(dppf) (188 mg, 0.23 mmol, 0.1 eq) and KOAc (450 mg, 4.6 mmol, 2.0 eq) in dioxane (15 mL) was stirred at 60°C for 2 hours under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with 0.1N HC1 and water. After dried over Na2SO/t, the organic layer was concentrated and purified by column chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc = 3/1 to 1/1) to give compound 4E (240 mg, 26%) as a yellow solid. ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 401.
Step 6: Synthesis of compound 4F
[0218] To the solution of compound 4E (240 mg, 0.6 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Pd(OAc)2 (6.8 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.05 eq) in THF (3 mL) was slowly added diazomethane (6 mL, freshly made, about 0.2 to 0.3 M in ether) at -10°C in 15 minutes. The solution was slowly warmed up to rt and stirred for 2 hours before it was concentrated to dryness. The obtained residue was and purified by column chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc = 3/1 to 1/1) to give compound 4F (240 mg, 99%) as yellow oil. ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 415.
Step 7: Synthesis of Compound 4'
[0219] The mixture of compound 4F (140 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (1.5 mL) and 3N NaOH (1.5 mL) was stirred at rt for 1 hour, LCMS indicating the disappearance of starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and TES (250 mg), TFA (5 mL) and i-BuB(OH)2 (100 mg) was added in sequence. The resulting yellow clear solution was stirred at rt for 2 hours before it was concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in water/MeCN and purified by prep-HPLC (CI 8, acetonitrile and water as mobile phases, 0.1% TFA). The obtained solid (28 mg) was dissolved in MeCN/water and adjusted to pH = 9.5 with IN NaOH (0.27 mL). After lyophilization, the crude sodium salt of Compound 4 was dissolved in 1.0 mL water and acetone (8.0 mL) was added dropwise. The resulting suspension was stirred at rt for 3 hours. The mixture was filtered and the solid was washed with 10% water in acetone twice to give Compound 4' (26 mg) as an off-white solid. JH NMR(D20, 300 MHz): 56.87 (t, / = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 1.65-1.56 (m, 1H), 0.67-0.57 (m, 1H), 0.14-0.03 (m, 2H). F NMR(D20, 300 MHz): δ-124.9. ESI-MS: [M-H20+H]+: 205.
EXAMPLE 5
Disodium Salt of l,l-Difluoro-2-hvdroxy-5-methoxy-la,7b-dihvdrocycloproparciri,21
Figure imgf000083_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of compound 5A
[0220] To the suspension of compound 1G (180 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1.0 eq) and sodium iodide (52 mg, 0.35 mmol, 0.8 eq) in THF (6 mL) was slowly added TMS-CF3 (0.65 mL, 4.4 mmol, 10 eq) at 65°C in 6 hours. After another 12 hours, the reaction mixture was cooled down and concentrated to dryness. The obtained residue was and purified by column chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc = 4/1 to 1/1) to give compound 5A (40 mg, 20%) as yellow oil. ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 463.
Step 2: Synthesis of Compound 5'
[0221] The mixture of compound 5A (40 mg, 0.09 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (0.7 mL) and 3N NaOH (0.7 mL) was stirred at rt for 2 hours, LCMS indicating the disappearance of starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and TES (80 mg), TFA (1.5 mL) and i-BuB(OH)2 (30 mg) were added in sequence. The resulting yellow clear solution was stirred at rt for 2 hours before it was concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in water/MeCN and purified by prep-HPLC (CI 8, acetonitrile and water as mobile phases, 0.1% HCOOH). The obtained solid (10 mg) was dissolved in MeCN/water and adjusted to pH = 9.5 with IN NaOH. After lyophilization, Compound 5' as a sodium salt (11 mg) was obtained as a yellow solid. JH NMR(D20, 300 MHz): 56.86 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.26 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 2.37 (t, / = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 1.05-0.92 (m, 1H). ESI-MS: [M-H20+H]+: 253. EXAMPLE 6
Disodium Salt of (7R,10R -6-hvdroxy-3-methoxy-6a,7,10,10a-tetrahydro-6H-7,10- methanodibenzorc,eiri,21oxaborinine-4-carboxylic acid (Compound 6')
Figure imgf000084_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of compound 6A
[0222] To a mixture of Pd(OAc)2 (273 mg, 1.22 mmol, 0.1 eq) in THF (20 mL) was added PPh3 (640 mg, 2.44 mmol, 0.2 eq) and K3P04.3H20 (8.1 g, 30.5 mmol, 2.5 eq) in a sealed tube. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 30 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere before compound 1C (3.5 g, 12.2 mmol, 1.0 eq), norbornadiene (2.25 g, 24.4 mmol, 2.0 eq) and bis(pinacolato diboror: (4.65 g, 18.3 mmol, 1.5 eq) were added. The mixture was then stirred at 100°C for 16 hours before it was filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica (PE/EA = 20: 1-8:1) to give compound 6A (800 mg, 17%) as a white solid. ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 427.
Step 2: Synthesis of Compound 6'
[0223] To a mixture of compound 6A (300 mg, 0.7 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (4 mL) and concentrated HC1 (2 mL) was added i-BuB(OH)2 (144 mg, 1.4 mmol, 2.0 eq). The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hour before it was evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in H20/CH3CN (4 mL/4 mL) and was adjusted to pH = 12 with 2N NaOH. The reaction was monitored by LCMS until all dimer was transferred to monomer. The mixture was purified by prep-HPLC (CI 8, acetonitrile and water as mobile phases, neutral condition) to give Compound 6' (13 mg, 6%) as a white solid. ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 287. JH NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 6.95 (d, / = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.37 (d, / = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.82-3.74 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 2.62 (s, 1H), 2.20 (t, / = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.47-1.43 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.24 (m, 1H), 0.91-0.89 (m, 1H). EXAMPLE 7
Disodium Salt of (7R.10S)-6-hvdroxy-3-methoxy-6a.7.8.9.10.10a-hexahvdro-6H-7.10- methanodibenzorc,eiri,21oxaborinine-4-carboxylic acid (Compound 7')
Figure imgf000085_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of compound 7 A
[0224] The mixture of compound 6A (300 mg, 0.7 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Pd/C (30 mg, 10% on carbon) in THF (10 mL) was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere (1 atm) at rt for 16 hours until LC-MS indicated the disappearance of starting material. The mixture was filtered and evaporated to dryness to give compound 7A (560 mg, 54%) as a white solid. ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 429.
Step 2: Synthesis of compound 7'
[0225] To a mixture of compound 7A (300 mg, 0.7 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (4 mL) and concentrated HC1 (2 mL) was added i-BuB(OH)2 (143 mg, 1.4 mmol, 2.0 eq). The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hour before it was evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in H20/CH3CN (4 mL/4 mL) and was adjusted to pH = 12 with 2N NaOH. The reaction was monitored by LCMS until all dimer was transferred to monomer. The mixture was purified by prep-HPLC (CI 8, acetonitrile and water as mobile phases, neutral condition) to give Compound 7' (32 mg, 15%) as a white solid. ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 289. JH NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 6.80 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.27 (dd, / = 2, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 2.71 (d, / = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 2.12 (s, 1H), 1.95 (s, 1H), 1.41-1.38 (m, 2H), 1.34-1.31 (m, 1H), 1.30-1.26 (m, 2H), 0.76 (d, / = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 0.68 (d, / = 10.0 Hz, 1H).
EXAMPLE 8
-Fluoro-2-hvdroxy-7-methoxy-l,2-benzoxaborinine-8-carboxylic acid (Compound 8)
Figure imgf000086_0001
8C 8E
Step 1 : Synthesis of 8A
[0226] A heterogeneous mixture of aryl bromide 1C (20 g, 70 mmol), vinyl trifluoroborate (11.2 g, 84 mmol, 1.2 eq) and Pd(dppf)Cl2 (204 mg, 0.4mol%) in 7/3 1- propano/water (100 mL) was degassed with argon at rt. Et3N (14.6 mL, 104 mmol, 1.5 eq) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at 100°C. The orange heterogeneous reaction mixture turned light amber slightly turbid upon reaching 70°C. The orange/amber reaction mixture was cooled to 50°C. Water (60 mL) and. EA (60 mL) were added. The biphasic orange reaction mixture was cooled to rt and filtered over Celite 545 (2 g). The flask and pad were rinsed with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL). The filtrate was partitioned. The organic layer was washed with water (60 mL), then concentrated to dryness. The orange solid was taken up in 3/7 1 -propanol/water (80 mL) and heated at 90°C. A biphasic solution was obtained. Propanol (6 mL) was added to get a homogeneous solution. Upon cooling, at 60°C, a biphasic mixture was obtained. Seeds were added and the mixture was allowed to cool to 50°C; a heterogeneous mixture was obtained. After stirring for lh at 50°C. The slurry was allowed to cool to rt then stirred at 0°C. After stirring at 0°C for 2h, the solids were collected by filtration. The filtrate was recirculated to rinse the flask and the cake was rinsed with cold 7/3 propanol/water (2 x 20 mL), air dried then dried under high vacuum to give 8A as a grey solid (12.30 g, 75.4% yield).
Step 2: Synthesis of 8B
[0227] To a solution of compound 8A in DCM was bubbled with 03 at -78 °C until the solution turned to slightly blue. The nitrogen was bubbled in to remove the color. The colorless solution was added dimethylsulfide (3 mL) and slowly warmed up to rt in 6 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography to give compound 8B. Step 3: Synthesis of compound 8C
[0228] To the solution of triphenylphosphine (1.33 g, 5.06 mmol, 1.3 eq) in THF (50 mL) was added fluorotribromomethane (1.37 g, 5.06 mmol, 1.3 eq) at rt. After 5 minutes, compound 8B (920 mg, 3.9 mmol, 1.0 eq) was added. To the resulting clear solution was slowly added diethylzinc solution (5.0 mL, 1.0 M in hexanes, 5 mmol, 1.3 eq) dropwise in 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 20 hours before it was quenched with methanol (10 mL). The resulting reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with water. After dried over Na2SC>4, the organic layer was concentrated and purified by column chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc = 3/1 to 1/1) to give compound 8C (800 mg, 62%) as slightly yellow oil. JH NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): 57.83 (t, 1H), 6.65-6.58 (m, 1H + 1H from isomer 1), 6.15 (d, 1H from isomer 2), 3.95 (s, 3H).
Step 4: Synthesis of compound 8E
[0229] To the solution of compound 8C (800 mg, 2.4 mmol, 1 eq) and compound 8D (0.59 mL, 2.9 mmol, 1.2 eq) in THF (20 mL) was added n-butyllithium solution (1.06 mL, 2.5 M in hexane, 2.7 mmol, 1.1 eq) dropwise over 5 minutes at -78°C under nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting solution was slowly warmed up to rt in 3 hours before it was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2x10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SC>4 and then concentrated to dryness. The residue was briefly purified by column chromatography (dichloromethane/EtOAc=5/l to 1/1) to give a mixture of two isomers of compound 8E (520 mg, 57%) as yellow solid. ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 379.
Step 5: Synthesis of compound 8
[0230] The mixture of compound 8E (460 mg, 1.2 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (6.0 mL) and 3N NaOH (6.0 mL) was stirred at rt for 3 hours, LCMS indicating the disappearance of starting material. The mixture was adjusted to pH = 3 with IN HC1 and was added MeCN to make a clear solution. The solution was purified by prep-HPLC (CI 8, acetonitrile and water as mobile phases, 0.1% HCOOH) to give Compound 8 free acid (28 mg) as off-white solid. JH NMR (D2O+CD3CN, 300 MHz): 57.70 (d, / = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, / = 20.1 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, / = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (s, 3H). 19F NMR (D20 + CD3CN, 300 MHz): 5-135.47 (d). ESI-MS: [M- H20+H]+: 221. EXAMPLE 9
-Hvdroxy-7-methoxy-l,2-benzoxaborinine-8-carboxylic acid (Compound 9)
Figure imgf000088_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of compound 9A
[0231] The mixture of compound IF (62 mg, 0.2 mmol, 1.0 eq), bis(pinacolato)diboroTi (76 mg, 0.3 mmol, 1.5 eq), PdCl2(dppf) (16 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.1 eq) and KOAc (40 mg, 0.4 mmol, 2.0 eq) in dioxane (2 mL) was stirred at 65°C for 2 hours under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with 0.1N HC1 and water. After drying over Na2SO/t, the organic layer was concentrated and purified by column chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc = 3/1 to 1/1) to give compound 9A (29 mg, 40%) as a yellow solid. ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 361.
Step 2: Synthesis of Compound 9
[0232] The mixture of compound 9A (29 mg, 0.08 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (0.5 mL) and 3N NaOH (0.5 mL) was stirred at rt for 2 hours, LCMS indicating the disappearance of starting material. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH = 3 and was dissolved in water/MeCN. The solution was purified by prep-HPLC (CI 8, acetonitrile and water as mobile phases, 0.1% HCOOH) to give Compound 9 free acid (3.6 mg) as a light yellow solid. JH NMR (CD3OD, 300 MHz): 57.74 (d, / = 11.7 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, / = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.02 (d, / = 11.7 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H). ESI-MS: [M-H20+H]+: 203.
EXAMPLE 10
-Hvdroxy- 1 a,7b-dihydro- lH-cyclopropalcl Γ 1 ,21benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylic acid (Compound
Figure imgf000089_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of 10B
[0233] A mixture of compound 10A (20 g, 116 mmol, 1.0 eq) and DMAP (4.2 g, 34 mmol, 0.3 eq) in DCM (200 mL) was added B0C2O (37.8 g, 173 mmol, 1.5 eq) and stirred at rt for 1 hour. The reaction was monitored by TLC. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica (PE/EA = 50:1 to 20:1) to give compound 10B (31 g, 98%) as light yellow oil.
Step 2: Synthesis of IOC
[0234] To the solution of compound 10B (34 g, 125 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (350 mL) was added LDA (75 mL, 150 mmol, 1.2 eq) dropwise at -78°C. The resulting solution was slowly warmed up to rt and stirred for 16 hours. The reaction was monitored by TLC. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica (PE/EA = 50: 1 to 20: 1) to give compound IOC (21.8 g, 64%) as light yellow oil.
Step 3: Synthesis of 10D
[0235] To the solution of compound IOC (21.8 g, 79.8 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (110 mL) was added TFA (110 mL) at rt. After 16 hours at this temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica (PE/EA = 50:1 to 10: 1) to give compound 10D (13.9 g, 80%) as a white solid.
Step 4: Synthesis of 10E
[0236] To the solution of compound 10D (14.7 g, 68 mmol, 1.0 eq) in TFA (95 mL) was added DMF (65 mL) at 0°C, followed by slow addition of acetone (50.6 mL) and TFAA (65 mL) at the same time. After 16 hours at 100°C under nitrogen atmosphere, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica (PE/EA = 50:1 to 10: 1) to give compound 10E (7.7 g, 44%) as a yellow solid.
Step 5: Synthesis of 10F
[0237] The mixture of compound 10E (7.54 g, 29.7 mmol, 1.0 eq), accrylic acid (3.18 g, 44.2 mmol, 1.5 eq), Pd(OAc)2 (662 mg, 2.95 mmol, 0.1 eq), P(o-toly)3 (1.81 g, 5.9 mmol, 0.2 eq) and TEA (8.9 g, 88.4 mmol, 3.0 eq) in DMF (150 mL) was flushed with N2 (3x) and then stirred at 100°C for 16 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the resuling solid was washed with 20% EA in hexanes to give crude compound 10F (4.4 g, 60%) as a brown solid which was directly used in the next step without further purification. Step 6: Synthesis of IPG
[0238] To the mixture of compound 10F (4.4 g, 17.7 mmol, 1.0 eq) in CHC13 (200 mL) was added Br2 (3.4 g, 21.3 mmol, 1.2 eq) over 10 min at 0°C and stirred at this temperature for 2 hour before it was concentrated to dryness. The resulting crude compound 10G (7.2 g, 99%) was a brown solid which was directly used into the next step.
Step 7: Synthesis of 10H
[0239] To the solution of compound 10G (7.2 g, 17.7 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (100 mL) was added TEA (3.59 g, 35.5 mmol, 2.0 eq) dropwise at 0°C and stirred at rt for 16 hours before it was evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica (PE/EA = 100:1 to 5:1) to give compound 10H (3.0 g, 60%) as a light yellow solid.
Step 8: Synthesis of 101
[0240] The mixture of compound 10H (800 mg, 2.8 mmol, 1.0 eq), bis[(+)- pinanediol ato] diboron (1.5 g, 4.3 mmol, 1.5 eq), PdCL(dppf) (230 mg, 0.28 mmol, 0.1 eq) and KOAc (560 mg, 5.67 mmol, 2.0 eq) in dioxane (15 mL) was flushed with N2 (3x) and heated at 65°C for 3 hours. The reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica (PE/EA = 100:1 to 5:1) to give compound 101 (240 mg, 22%) as light yellow oil. ESI-MS: [M+H ]+: 383. Step 9: Synthesis of 10J
[0241] To the mixture of compound 101 (200 mg, 0.52 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Pd(OAc)2 (5.9 mg, 0.026 mmol, 0.05 eq) in THF (5 mL) was added CH2N2 (freshly made, in 15 mL Et20, about 6 mmol) slowly over 1 hour at -15°C. The mixture was slowly warmed up to rt and stirred for 16 hours. The mixture was filtered and evaporated to dryness to give compound 10J (200 mg, 96%) as light yellow oil. ESI-MS: [M+H ]+: 397.
Step 10: Synthesis of 10
[0242] To the solution of compound 10J (200 mg, 0.5 mmol, 1.0 eq) in ACN (5 mL) and water (1 mL) was added 3N NaOH (1.5 mL) at rt. After 3 hours at 30°C, the resulting mixture was added TES (2 mL), TFA (6 mL) and i-BuB(OH)2 (77 mg, 0.76 mmol, 1.5 eq) and stirred at rt for one hour. The reaction was monitored by LC-MS. The mixture was concentrated m vacuo and purified by prep-HPLC (C18) to give 10 (20 mg, 19%) as white solid. *H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.62 (dd, / = 1.2, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, / = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (t, / = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.33-2.27 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.17 (m, 1H), 0.68 - 0.54 (m, 2H). ESI-MS: [M+MeCN+H]+: 246.
EXAMPLE 11
Disodium salt of 2-hvdroxy-7-methoxy-spiror3H-l,2-benzoxaborinine-4, r-cyclopropanel-8-
Figure imgf000091_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of 11A
[0243] A mixture of compound 1C (10.0 g, 34.8 mmol, 1.0 eq), bis["(+>- pinanedioiaiojdiboron (18.7 g, 52.2 mmol, 1.5 eq), PdCL(dppf) (1.42 g, 1.74 mmol, 0.05 eq) and KOAc (10.2 g, 105 mmol, 3.0 eq) in dioxane (80 mL) was stirred at 85°C for 16 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was monitored by TLC. The mixture was cooled down, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica (PE/EA = 100:0 to 5: 1) to give compound 11A (8.07 g, 60%) as a slightly yellow solid. ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 387. Step 2: Synthesis of 11B
[0244] To the solution of compound 1,1-dibromocyclopropane (4.4 g, 22.1 mmol, 2.1 eq) in THF (15 mL) was added n-BuLi (6.2 mL, 15.5 mmol, 1.5 eq) slowly over 30 min at - 110 °C and stirred for one hour at this temperature. Then compound 11A (4 g, 10.36 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (25 mL) was added to the reaction mixture over 20 min. After 2 hours at -110°C, the reaction mixture was slowly warmed up to rt and stirred for 16 hours. The mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI (4 mL) and was extracted with EA (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SC>4 before it was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica (PE/EA = 100:0 to 10:1) to give compound 11B (2.0 g, 45%) as a slightly yellow solid. ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 427.
Step 3: Synthesis of 11C
[0245] To the solution of compound 11B (1 g, 2.3 mmol, 1.0 eq) and CH2IC1 (2.07 g, 11.8 mmol, 5.1 eq) in THF (50 mL) was added n-BuLi (1.8 mL, 4.6 mmol, 2.0 eq) at -78°C. After 2 hours at -78 °C, the reaction mixture was slowly warmed up to rt and stirred for 16 hours. The mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI (4 mL) and was extracted with EA (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SC>4 before it was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica (PE/EA = 100:0 to 10:1) to give compound 11C (380 mg, 37%) as a white solid. ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 441. Step 4: Synthesis of Compound 11'
[0246] To the solution of compound 11C (190 mg, 0.432 mmol, 1.0 eq) in ACN (3 mL) was added 3N NaOH (3 mL) at rt. After two hours, the resulting mixture was added TES (2 mL), TFA (5 mL) and i-BuB(OH)2 (88 mg, 0.86 mmol, 2.0 eq) and stirred at rt for 30 minutes. The reaction was monitored by LC-MS. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo, re-dissolved in MeCN/water and was adjusted to pH = 12 with 3N NaOH. The resulting solution was purified by prep-HPLC (C18, neutral) to give disodium salt Compound 11' (40 mg, 37%) as a white solid. *H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 6.45 (d, / = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.19 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 0.68 (t, 2H), 0.56 (t, 2H), 0.45 (s, 2H). ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 249.
EXAMPLE 12
Disodium salt of (laS,7bR)-5-fluoro-2-hydroxy-la,7b-dihydro-lH-cycloproparciri,21 benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylic acid (Compound 12')
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000093_0002
Step 1 : Synthesis of 12A and 12B
[0247] To a solution of compound 4D (2.0 g, 5.0 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Pd(OAc)2 (56 mg, 0.25 mmol, 0.05 eq) in THF (30 mL) was slowly added diazomethane (200 mL, freshly made, about 0.2 M in ether, 10 eq) at -20°C in 2 hours. The solution was slowly warmed up to rt and stirred for 12 hours before it was concentrated to dryness. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc= 3/1 to 1/1) to give a mixture of compound 12A and 12B (1.96 g, 99%) as yellow oil. The two isomers were further purified by prep-HPLC (CI 8, acetonitrile and water as mobile phases, 0.1 % HCOOH) to give 12A (650 mg, 31 ) and 12B (750 mg, 36%) as white solid.
[0248] JH NMR(CDC13, 400 MHz) for 12A: δ 7.37-7.33 (m, 1H), 6.73 (t, / = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (dd, / = 1.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 2.27-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.08 (m, 1H), 2.05-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.87 (t, / = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 1.76 (s, 3H), 1.74 (s, 3H), 1.29-1.21 (m, 2H), 1.19 (s, 3H), 1.17-1.13 (m, 1H), 1.07 (s, 3H), 0.69 (s, 3H), 0.56-0.53 (m, 1H), 0.52-0.49 (m, 1H). ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 415.
[0249] JH NMR(CDC13, 400 MHz) for 12B: δ 7.32-7.25 (m, 1H), 6.72 (t, / = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (dd, / = 1.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 2.28-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.14 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.81 (m, 2H), 1.75 (s, 8H), 1.62 (d, / = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 1.21-1.19 (m, 1H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 1.17 (s, 3H), 1.16-1.13 (m, 1H), 0.72 (s, 3H), 0.53-0.47 (m, 2H). ESI-MS: [M+H]+: 415.
Step 2: Synthesis of 12'
[0250] The mixture of compound 12A (650 mg, 1.6 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (4 mL) and 3N NaOH (1.05 mL, 2 eq) was stirred at rt for 0.5 hour, LC-MS indicating the disappearance of starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and TES (1 mL), TFA (5 mL) and i-BuB(OH)2 (320 mg, 3.14 mmol, 2 eq) were added in sequence. The resulting yellow clear solution was stirred at rt for 0.5 hours before it was concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in water/MeCN and purified by prep-HPLC (CI 8, acetonitrile and water as mobile phases, 0.1 % TFA) to give Compound 12 free acid (132 mg) as a white solid after lyophilizatio. It was dissolved in MeCN/water and adjusted to pH=9.5 with 1 N NaOH (1.02 mL). After lyophilization, the crude sodium salt was dissolved in 2.0 mL water and was slowly added acetone (50 mL). The resulting suspension was stirred at rt for 3 hours. The mixture was filtered and the solid was washed with acetone twice to give disodium salt Compound 12'(146 mg) as an off-white solid. JH NMR(D20, 300 MHz): 56.87 (t, / = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 1.65 - 1.56 (m, 1H), 0.67 - 0.57 (m, 1H), 0.14 (m, 2H). 19F NMR(D20, 300 MHz): δ- 124.9. ESI-MS: [M-H20+H]+: 205.
EXAMPLE 13
Disodium salt of (laR,7b5)-5-fluoro-2-hvdroxy-la,7b-dihvdro-lH-cycloproparciri,21
Figure imgf000094_0001
12B
13'
[0251] The mixture of compound 12B (750 mg, 1.8 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (4 mL) and 3 N NaOH (1.2 mL, 2 eq) was stirred at rt for 0.5 hour, LCMS indicated the disappearance of starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C, TES (1 mL), TFA (5 mL) and i- BuB(OH)2 (369 mg, 3.6 mmol, 2 eq) were added in sequence. The resulting yellow clear solution was stirred at rt for 0.5 hour before it was concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in water/MeCN and purified by prep-HPLC (CI 8, acetonitrile and water as mobile phases, 0.1 % TFA) to give Compound 13 free acid (160 mg) as a white solid after lyophilization. It was dissolved in MeCN/water and adjusted to pH = 9.5 with 1 N NaOH (1.38 mL). After lyophilization, the crude sodium salt was dissolved in 2.0 mL water and was slowly added acetone (50 mL). The resulting suspension was stirred at rt for 3 hours. The mixture was filtered and the solid was washed with acetone twice to give the disodium salt Compound 13' (145 mg) as an off-white solid. JH NMR (D20, 300 MHz): 56.87 (t, / = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 1.65 - 1.56 (m, 1H), 0.67 - 0.57 (m, 1H), 0.14 (m, 2H). 19F NMR (D20, 300 MHz): δ-124.9. ESI-MS: [M-H20+H]+: 205. [0252] Alternatively, Compound 13' can be synthesized utilizing enantioselective c
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000095_0002
Step 1 : Synthesis of 13A
[0253] Intermediate 13A was prepared from 4D using method described in step 1 of Example 9.
Step 2: Synthesis of 13B
[0254] To the solution of compound 13A (23.5 g, 67.5 mmol, 1.0 eq) in acetone (675 mL) and water (41 mL) was added ammonium acetate aqueous solution (304 mL, 1M in water, 4.5 eq), followed by sodium periodate (43.4 g, 203 mmol, 3.0 eq) at 0°C. The resulting reaction mixture was heated up to 40°C and stirred at this temperature until NMR and LCMS showed to disappearance of 13A (normally takes 24 hours). The reaction mixture was filtered with celite and washed with acetone. The filtrate was concentrated to about 250 mL and was extracted with dichloromethane (300 mL) and ethyl acetate (300 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SC>4 before it was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound 13B (12.0 g) was obtained as yellow solid, which was used directly for next step without purification. ESI- MS: [M+H]+: 267.
Step 3: Synthesis of 13D
[0255] To a solution of crude compound 13B (12.0 g, ~ 45 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dichloromethane (150 mL) was added 13C (11.0 g, 54 mmol, 1.2 eq) and MgS04 (12 g). The mixture was stirred at rt for 12 hours before it was filtered under nitrogen atmosphere. The filtrate was added more 13C (4.6 g, 23 mmol, 0.5 eq). The resulting solution of 13D was used directly for next step without further purification. ESI-MS: [M-S4+H]+: 267.
Step 4: Synthesis of 13E
[0256] The solution of diethylzinc (360 mL, 1.0 M solution in hexanes, 8.0 eq) was added into dichloromethane (600 mL) at -78 °C, followed by diiodomethane (44 mL, 12 eq) dropwise. The resulting white mixture was stirred at -78°C for 30 minutes before the solution of 13D (~ 45 mmol, dichloromethane solution from previous step, pre-cooled to -78°C) was added via cannula under nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at -78°C for 3 hours and slowly warmed up to rt over a period of 4 hours. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (~ 1 L) and extracted with dichloromethane (500 mL) and ethyl acetate (500 mL). After dried over Na2SO/t, the organic layer was concentrated to give crude compound 13E as yellow solid, which was used directly for next step without purification. ESI-MS: [M-S4+H]+: 281.
Step 5: Synthesis of 12B
[0257] To a solution of crude compound 13E (~ 45 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (~ 150 mL) was added (+)-pinanediol (23.0 g, 135 mmol, 3.0 eq) and MgS04 (20 g). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 12 hours before it was filtered and concentrated to dryness. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc= 5/1 to 3/1) to give compound 12B (12.1 g, ~ 90% purity and ~ 93% de) as yellow solid. The product was further purified by re-crystallization in 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give 6.8 g pure 12B (> 99% purity and > 99% de). JH NMR(CDC13, 400 MHz) for 12B: δ 7.32-7.25 (m, 1H), 6.72 (t, / = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (dd, / = 1.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 2.28-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.14 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.81 (m, 2H), 1.75 (s, 8H), 1.62 (d, / = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 1.21-1.19 (m, 1H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 1.17 (s, 3H), 1.16-1.13 (m, 1H), 0.72 (s, 3H), 0.53-0.47 (m, 2H).
Step 6: Synthesis of compound 13'
[0258] The mixture of compound 12B (830 mg, 2 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (8 mL) and 3N NaOH (4 mL, 6 eq) was stirred at rt for 3 hours, LC-MS indicating the disappearance of starting material. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH = 2 with 6 N HC1 and i-BuB(OH)2 (815 mg, 8 mmol, 4 eq) were added in sequence. The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 3 hours and then was directly purified by prep-HPLC (CI 8, acetonitrile and water as mobile phases, 0.1 % HCOOH) to give compound 13 free acid (310 mg) as white solid after lyophilization. It was dissolved in MeCN/water and adjusted to pH = 9.5 with 1 N NaOH. After lyophilization, the crude sodium salt was dissolved in 0.5mL water and acetone (25 mL) was slowly added. The resulting suspension was stirred at rt for 3 hours. The mixture was filtered and the solid was washed with acetone twice to give 13' (146 mg) as an off-white solid. H NMR (D20, 300 MHz): 56.87 (t, / = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 1.65 - 1.56 (m, 1H), 0.67 - 0.57 (m, 1H), 0.14 (m, 2H). 19F NMR (D20, 300 MHz): δ- 124.9. ESI-MS: [M-H20+H]+: 205.
EXAMPLE 14
Disodium salt of 4,4-dihvdroxyspiror5-oxa-4-boranuidabicyclor4.4.01deca-l(6),7,9-triene-2, - cyclopropanel-7-carboxylic acid (Compound 14')
Figure imgf000097_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of 14A
[0259] To a solution of compound 10E (10 g, 35.46 mmol, 1.0 eq), bis[(+)- pi nanediol ato] di boron (15.2 g, 42.55 mmol, 1.2 eq) and PdC (dppf) (2.9 g, 3.546 mmol, 0.1 eq) in dioxane (250 mL) was added KOAc (7.0 g, 71 mmol, 2.0 eq). The mixture was stirred at 65°C for 3 h under nitrogen atmosphere. Then the mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EA, 100: 1-10: 1) to give compound 14A (2.9 g, 21%).
Step 2: Synthesis of 14C
[0260] A solution of compound 14B (2.8 g, 14.04 mmol, 2.0 eq) in THF (25 mL) was cooled to -110 °C, then «-BuLi (4.2 mL, 10.53 mmol, 1.5 eq) was added in slowly and stirred at -110 °C for 30 min. Then a solution of compound 14A (2.5 g, 7.02 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (25 mL) was added in. The mixture was stirred at rt for 30 min under nitrogen atmosphere. After the reaction was complete, the mixture was poured into aq. NH4CI, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO/t, concentrated, and purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EA, 5: 1-10: 1) to give compound 14C
(880 mg, 35%).
Step 3: Synthesis of 14D
[0261] To a solution of compound 14C (880 mg, 2.22 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (15 mL) were added CH2ICI (2.0 g, 11.11 mmol, 5.0 eq), cooled to -78 °C. To the solution «-BuLi (2.7 mL, 6.66 mmol, 3.0 eq) was added in slowly and stirred at -78 °C for 30 min. The mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h under nitrogen atmosphere. After the reaction was complete, the mixture was poured into aq. NH4C1, extracted with DCM. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO/t, concentrated, purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EA, 5: 1-10: 1) to give compound 14D (110 mg, 25%).
Step 4: Synthesis of compound 14'
[0262] To a mixture of compound 14D (100 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1.0 eq) in H20/CH3CN (0.5 mL/3 mL) was added 2 N NaOH (0.24 mL, 0.48 mmol, 2.0 eq). The solution was stirred at rt for 1 h. To the mixture was added TFA/TES (4 mL / 1 mL) and -BuB(OH)2 (48.9 mg, 0.48 mmol, 2.0 eq). The mixture was stirred at 30 °C for 30 min. Adjusting the solution with 1 N NaOH to pH-10.. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to give compound 14' (4 mg, 15%). LC-MS: 260[M+ACN+H]+. JH NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.63 (d, / = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, / = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.41-6.24 (m, 1H), 0.85-0.76 (m, 2H), 0.69-0.64 (m, 2H), 0.56-0.51 (m, 2H).
EXAMPLE 15
Disodium salt of 8-fluoro-4,4-dihvdroxy-spiror5-oxa-4-boranuidabicyclor4.4.01deca-l(6),7,9-
Figure imgf000098_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of compound 15A
[0263] A mixture of compound 4A (7.0 g, 25.44 mmol, 1.0 eq), bis[(+)-- pmanediolatojdiboron (10.9 g, 30.52 mmol, 1.2 eq) and PdCb(dppf) (2.08 g, 2.544 mmol, 0.1 eq) and KOAc (5.0 g, 50.88 mmol, 2.0 eq) in dioxane (200 mL) stirred at 65 °C for 3 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EA, 100: 1-10: 1) to give compound 15A (3.0 g, 31 ).
Step 2: Synthesis of compound 15B
[0264] To a solution of compound 15A (3.19 g, 16.02 mmol, 2.0 eq) in THF (25 mL) at -110 °C was added «-BuLi (2.5 M, 4.8 mL, 12.01 mmol, 1.5 eq) was added in slowly and stirred at -110 °C for 30 min. Then a solution of compound 14B (3.0 g, 8.01 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (25 mL) was added in. The mixture was stirred at rt for 30 min under nitrogen atmosphere. After the reaction was complete, the mixture was poured into aq. NH4CI, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SC>4, concentrated to give compound 15B (1.0 g, 30%).
Step 3: Synthesis of compound 15C
[0265] To a solution of compound 15B (800 mg,1.93 mmol, 1.0 eq) and CH2IC1 (1.73 g, 9.65 mmol, 5.0 eq) in THF (15 mL) at -78 °C was added ra-BuLi (2.3 mL, 5.79 mmol, 3.0 eq) slowly, and stirred at -78 °C for 30 min. The mixture was stirred under nitrogen atmosphere at rt for 12 h. The mixture was poured into aq. NH4CI, and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, concentrated to give compound 15C (100 mg, 12%).
Step 4: Synthesis of compound 15'
[0266] To a mixture of compound 15C (100 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.0 eq) in H20/CH3CN (0.5 mL / 3 mL) was added 2 N NaOH (0.23 mL, 0.46 mmol, 2.0 eq) and stirred at rt for 1 h. Then the mixture was added TFA/TES (4 mL / 1 mL) and i-BuB(OH)2 (46.8 mg, 0.46 mmol, 2.0 eq). The mixture was stirred at 30 °C for 30 min. T the mixture was added 1 N NaOH to adjust the mixture to pH -10, and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to give compound 15' (6 mg, 11%). LC-MS: 278 [M+ACN+H]+. JH NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 6.75 (d, / = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (d, / = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 0.75-0.79 (m, 2H), 0.64-0.69 (m, 2H), 0.61-0.55 (m, 2H).
EXAMPLE 16
Disodium salt of (laR,7bS)-2,2-dihydroxy-la,7b-dihydro-lH- cvcloproparciri,21benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylic acid (Compound 16')
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000100_0002
Step 1 : Synthesis of compounds 16A and 16B
[0267] To a mixture of compound 101 (2.9 g, 7.59 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Pd(OAc)2 (85 mg, 0.37mmol, 0.05 eq) in THF (50 mL) at -15°C was added diazomethane (200 mL) dropwise. After the addition, the resulting mixture was stirred at rt overnight, and then filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to give compound 16A (860 mg, 28%) and compound 16B (950 mg, 31 ).
Step 2: Synthesis of compound 16
[0268] To a solution of compound 16B (950 mg, 2.3 mmol, 1.0 eq) in ACN/H20 (6 mL/6 mL) was added 0.5N NaOH to adjust to pH 12. The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. To the mixture was added -BuB(OH)2 (480 mg, 4.6 mol, 2.0 eq) and adjust to pH~2 using 3N HC1. The mixture was purified by prep-HPLC and lyophilized to give a free acid, which was dissolved in ACN/water. The solution was adjusted to pH 9 using 0.5N NaOH. To the mixture was added acetone/water (50 mL/2 mL) and stirred at rt for 3 h. The solid was filtered and washed with water, and dried to give 16' (344 mg, 63%). LC-MS: 246 [M+ ACN +H]+. JH NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.23 (d, / = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, / = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.53-6.47 (m, 1H), 1.78-1.70 (m, 1H), 0.86-0.78 (m, 1H), 0.41-0.36 (m, 1H), 0.34-0.28 (m, 1H).
EXAMPLE 17
Disodium salt of 5-(2-fluoroethoxy)-2,2-dihydroxy- 1 a,7b-dihydro- 1 H- cvcloproparciri,21benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylic acid (compound 17')
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000101_0002
Step 1 : Synthesis of compound 17B
[0269] To a mixture of compound 17A (8.0 g, 51.9 mmol, 1.0 eq), acetone (4.9 mL, 67.47 mmol, 1.3 eq), and DMAP (316 mg, 2.595 mmol, 0.05 eq) in DME (30 mL) at 0°C was added thionyl chloride (4.85 mL, 67.47 mmol, 1.3 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 1 h and stirred at rt for 23 h under nitrogen atmosphere. Then the mixture was quenched by aq.NaHC(¾ and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO/t, and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on a silica gel (PE/EA, 30: 1) to give compound 17B (7.1 g, 70%).
Step 2: Synthesis of compound 17C
[0270] A mixture of compound 17B (3.1 g, 15.97 mmol, 1.0 eq), 2-fluoro-l-iodo- ethane (2.69 g, 15.5 mmol, 1.5 eq) and K2C03 (4.27 g, 31 mmol, 2.0 eq) in DMF (10 mL) was stirred at rt for 12 h under nitrogen atmosphere. Then water was added and extracted with PE:EA = 2: 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO/t, and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude compound 17C (3.9 g, 100%).
Step 3: Synthesis of compound 17D
[0271] To a solution of compound 17C (3.9 g, 16 mmol, 1.0 eq) in CHC13 (20 mL) was added bromine (0.92 mL, 17.9 mmol, 1.1 eq). The reaction was stirred at 65°C for 0.5 h. Then the reaction was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (PE/EA, 5: 1) to give compound 17D (4.6 g, 89%).
Step 4: Synthesis of compound 17E
[0272] A solution of compound 17D (4.1 g, 11.6 mmol, 1.0 eq), acrylic acid (1.68 g, 23.3 mmol, 2.0 eq), Pd(OAc)2 (285 mg, 1.16 mmol, 0.1 eq), P(0-toly)3 (532 mg, 1.75 mmol, 0.15 eq) and triethylamine (4.87 mL, 3.49 mmol, 3.0 eq) in DMF (30 mL) was stirred at 100 °C for 12 h under nitrogen atmosphere. After being cooled to rt, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was washed with DCM/MeOH (10: 1), adjust to pH 4-5 using 0.2 N HC1. The mixture was filtered to collect the solid, which was dried to give compound 17E (3.1 g, 77%).
Step 5: Synthesis of compound 17F
[0273] To a solution of compound 17E (3.0 g, 9.7 mmol, 1.0 eq) in chloroform (30 mL) was added bromine (0.54 mL, 10.6 mmol, 1.1 eq), and stirred at rt for 12 h. The reaction was concentrated to give crude compound 17F (5.0 g).
Step 6: Synthesis of compound 17G
[0274] To a solution of compound 17F (5.0 g, 9.7 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (40 mL) at 0 °C was added triethylamine (2.7 mL, 19.4 mmol, 2.0 eq). The mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h. Water was added, and the mixture was extracted with PE:EA = 1 : 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO/t, concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EA, 30:1 - 7: 1) to give compound 17G (2.36 g, 64%). Step 7: Synthesis of compound 17H
[0275] A mixture of compound 17G (2.46 g, 7.15 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (30 mL) was degassed with N2. Then the mixture was added bis[(+)--pinanediolato]diboron (3.0 g, 8.58 mmol, 1.2 eq), PdCl2(dppf) (583 mg, 0.715 mmol, 1.0 eq) and potassium acetate (2.1 g, 2.14 mmol, 3.0 eq). The resulting mixture was stirred at 58 °C for 1 h, and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to give compound 17H (370 mg, 12%).
Step 8: Synthesis of compound 171
[0276] To a solution of compound 17H (370 mg, 0.833 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dry THF (2 mL) at -30 °C was added diazomethane (10 mL, 3.332 mmol, 4.0 eq) and Pd(OAc)2 (10.2 mg, 0.042 mmol, 0.05 eq). The mixture was stirred at -30 °C for 2 h, filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (PE/EA, 1 : 1) to give compound 171 (340 mg, 89%).
Step 9: Synthesis of compound 17'
[0277] To a solution of compound 171 (340 mg, 0.74 mmol, 1.0 eq) in ACN/H20 (1.5 mL /1.5 mL) was added 2 N NaOH (0.74 mL, 1.48 mmol, 2.0 eq). The mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h. To the mixture was added -BuB(OH)2 (151 mg, 1.48 mmol, 2.0 eq) and ACN/THF (2 mL 12 mL). The solution was adjusted to pH 2-3 (3 N HC1), and stirred at rt for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum, adjusted to pH~10 (1 N NaOH). The mixture was purified by prep-HPLC (neutral conditions) to give 17' (94 mg, 47%). LC-MS: 267[M+H]+. JH NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.06 (d, / = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.35 (d, / = 8 Hz, 1H), 4.75-4.55 (m, 2H), 4.22- 4.13 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.76 (m, 1H), 0.91-0.80 (m, 1H), 0.37-0.28 (m, 2H).
EXAMPLE 18
Disodium salt of ( 1 aS,7bR)-2,2-dihvdroxy- 1 a,7b-dihvdro- 1 H- cycloproparciri,21benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylic acid (Compound 18')
Figure imgf000103_0001
[0278] To a solution of compound 16A (860 mg, 2.1 mmol, 1.0 eq) in ACN/H20 (6 mL/6 mL) was added 0.5 N NaOH to adjust to pH 12. The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. To the mixture was added -BuB(OH)2 (480 mg, 4.6 mol, 2.2 eq). Using 3.0 N HCI the solution was adjusted pH~2, purified by prep-HPLC and lyophilized to give a free acid. The acid was dissolved in ACN/water, and 0.5 N NaOH was added to the solution to adjust to pH 9. To the mixture was added acetone/H20 (50 mL/2 mL), and stirred at rt for 3 h. The solid was collected, and dried to give compound 18' (340 mg, 69%). LC-MS: 246 [M+ACN+H]+. JH NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) δ 7.22 (d, / = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, / = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.52-6.48 (m, 1H), 1.79-1.71 (m, 1H), 0.86-0.79 (m, 1H), 0.42-0.35 (m, 1H), 0.33-0.26 (m, 1H).
EXAMPLE 19
Disodium salt of 5 ,6-difluoro-2,2-dihvdroxy- 1 a,7b-dihvdro- 1 H- cvcloproparciri,21benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylic acid (Compound 19')
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000104_0002
19L 19'
Step 1 : Synthesis of compound 19B
[0279] To a mixture of compound 19A (20 g, 154 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (200 mL) was added Boc20 (40.2 g, 185 mmol, 1.2 eq) and DMAP (940 mg, 7.69 mmol, 0.05 eq). The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h under nitrogen atmosphere, and was concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EA, 1 :0 -10: 1) to give compound 19B (28 g, 79%).
Step 2: Synthesis of compound 19C
[0280] To a mixture of compound 19B (8.4 g, 36.5 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (20 mL) was added LDA prepared from diisopropylamine (4.1 g, 40 mmol, 1.1 eq) and «-BuLi (2.5 M, 17.5 mL, 44 mmol, 1.2 eq). The mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h under nitrogen atmosphere, and quenched with aq. NH4CI, extracted with EA, separated and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO/t, concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EA, 100:0 - 100:1) to give compound 19C (5.3 g, 63%).
Step 3: Synthesis of compound 19D
[0281] To a solution of compound 19C (5.3 g, 23 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (20 mL) was added NBS (4.3 g, 24 mmol, 1.05 eq) and diisopropylamine (460 mg, 4.6 mmol, 0.2 eq), stirred at rt for 4 h. Then the reaction was concentrated to give a residue, which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE) to give compound 19D (5.0 g, 71%). Step 4: Synthesis of compound 19E
[0282] To a solution of compound 19D (4.0 g, 12.9 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (1 mL) was added TFA (2 mL) and stirred at rt for 12 h. Then the mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated, and purified to give compound 19E (745 mg, 23%).
Step 5: Synthesis of compound 19F
[0283] To a solution of compound 19E (200 mg, 0.79 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (2 mL) at 0°C was added sodium hydride (133 mg, 60%, 1.98 mmol, 2.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 0°C for 15 min and then benzyl bromide (299 mg, 1.75 mmol, 2.2 eq) was added. The mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h, and quenched with ammonium chloride solution (1 mL). The mixture was extracted with PE:EA = 1: 1. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO/t, concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by prep-TLC to give compound 19F (100 mg, 29%).
Step 6: Synthesis of compound 19G
[0284] To a solution of compound 19F (500 mg, 1.4 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dry DMF (4 mL) was added acrylic acid (0.19 mL, 2.8 mmol, 2.0 eq), Pd(OAc)2 (34.7 mg, 0.142 mmol, 0.1 eq), P(0-toly)3 (65 mg, 0.21 mmol, 0.15 eq) and triethylamine (0.59 mL, 4.26 mmol, 3.0 eq). The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 12 h. The mixture was filtered, and extracted with EA. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO/t, concentrated in vacuo to give compound 19G (369 mg, 75%).
Step 7: Synthesis of compound 19H
[0285] A mixture of compound 19G (2.33 g, 5.49 mmol, 1.0 eq) in chloroform (20 mL) at 0°C was added bromine (0.31 mL, 6.04 mmol, 1.1 eq). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h, and concentrated to give crude compound 19H (2.33 g, 73%).
Step 8: Synthesis of compound 191
[0286] To a solution of compound 19H (2.33 g, 5.49 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (15 mL) at 0°C was added triethylamine (1.11 g, 11.0 mmol, 2.0 eq). The mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EA, 3: 1) to give compound 191 (1.73 g, 94%).
Step 9: Synthesis of compound 19.T
[0287] A mixture of compound 191 (1.68 g, 3.67 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (20 mL) was added bis[( + )-pinariediolato]diboron (1.57 g, 4.4 mmol, 1.2 eq), PdCN(dpp ) (299 mg, 0.37 mmol, 0.1 eq) and KOAc (1.08 g, 11 mmol, 3.0 eq). The resulting mixture was stirred at 59°C for 1.5 h, and then concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-TLC to give compound 19J (408 mg, 22%). Step 10: Synthesis of compound 19K
[0288] To a solution of compound 19J (408 mg, 0.731 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Pd(OAc)2 (9 mg, 0.036 mmol, 0.05 eq) in dry THF (2 mL) -40°C was added diazomethane (20 mL, 2.92 mmol, 4.0 eq) and stirred at -40°C for 2 h, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give compound 19K (379 mg, 90%).
Step 11 : Synthesis of compound 19'
[0289] To a solution of compound 19K (375 mg, 0.66 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (1 mL) was added tribromoborane solution in DCM (1 M, 6.6 mL, 6.6 mmol, 10 eq). The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated, dissolve in acetonitrile and water (lmL/1 mL), and purified by prep-HPLC to give a free acid (28.7 mg), which was treated with 0.1N NaOH (2.0 eq) in MeCN/H20 at rt for 2 h. The mixture was purified by prep-HPLC again to give 19' (28.2 mg, 18%) as a white solid. LC-MS: 282 [M+MeCN+H]+. JH NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.05-6.93 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.76 (m, 1H), 0.91-0.83 (m, 1H), 0.48-0.31 (m, 2H).
EXAMPLE 20
Disodium salt of (laS,7bR)-2-hvdroxy-la,7b-dihvdro-lH-cyclopropar6,71oxaborininor2,3- clpyridine-4-carboxylic acid (Compound 20')
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000107_0002
20L
Step 1 : Synthesis of compound 20B
[0290] To a solution of compound 20A (100.0 g, 0.719 mol, 1.0 eq) in methanol (1.5 L) was added cone, sulfuric acid (120 mL, 2.157 mol, 3.0 eq) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux (83 °C) overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo, and the residue was diluted with water (1.5 L), and adjusted to pH 8.5 with solid K2CO3, then extracted with DCM (3 x 1 L). The organic phases were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 20B (94 g, 85%) as a slightly blue solid. JH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 10.61 (s, 1H), 8.28 (dd, / = 4.1, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (dd, / = 8.5, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (dd, / = 8.5, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H)
Step 2: Synthesis of compound 20C
[0291] To a solution of compound 20B (114 g, 0.745 mol, 1.0 eq) in water (8 L) at 10°C was added bromine (114.6 mL, 2.235 mol, 3.0 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was extracted with DCM (2 x 8 L). The organic phase was separated, and dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give crude compound 20C (186 g, 81%) as a slightly yellow solid. JH NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 11.35 (s, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 4.06 (s, 3H).
Step 3: Synthesis of compound 20D
[0292] To a solution of compound 20C (186 g, 0.631 mol, 1.0 eq) and cesium carbonate (514.3 g, 1.578 mol, 2.5 eq) in DMF (2 L) at 0 °C was added benzyl bromide (89.1 mL, 0.757 mol, 1.2 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography on silica (PE/EA = 20: 1) to give compound 20D (199 g, 83%) as a white solid. JH NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.52 - 7.50 (d, / = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 7.43 -7.37 (d, / = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 5.13 (s, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H).
Step 4: Synthesis of compound 20E
[0293] A solution of compound 20D (199 g, 0.499 mol, 1.0 eq), Pd(PPh3)4 (28.8 g, 0.025 mol, 0.05 eq) and sodium formate (37.3 g, 0.549 mol, 1.1 eq) in DMF (2 L) under nitrogen was heated at 80 °C and stirred overnight. After being filtered through a pad of Celite, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with MeOH/DCM/EA/PE (1 :3:3:3, 2 x 2L), the mother liquid was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica (PE/EA = 10:1) to give compound 20E (78 g, 49%) as a slightly yellow solid. JH NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.25 -8.20 (m, 1H), 7.68 -7.65 (m, 1H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.37 -7.30 (m, 2H), 7.22 -7.20 (m, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 5.16 - 4.99 (m, 2H), 3.89 -3.88 (m, 3.0 Hz, 3H).
Step 5: Synthesis of compound 20F
[0294] To a solution of compound 20E (78 g, 0.243 mol, 1.0 eq) in dry DMF (800 mL) was added compound acrylic acid (26.3 g, 0.364 mol, 1.5 eq), Pd(OAc)2 (3.27 g, 14.6 mmol, 0.04 eq), P(o-toly)3 (4.44 g, 29.2 mmol, 0.08 eq) and triethylamine (152 mL, 1.09 mol, 3.0 eq). The reaction mixture under N2 was stirred at 100 °C overnight. The reaction was monitored by TLC. The mixture was filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The solid was washed with PE:EA:MeOH = 3:3: 1 (2x), and filtered. The solid was dried to give compound 20F (60.2 g, 79%) as an off-white solid. JH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 8.43 (d, / = 4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, / = 4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, / = 16.2 Hz, 1H), 7.40 -7.37 (m, 5H), 6.77 (d, / = 16.1 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (s, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H).
Step 6: Synthesis of compound 20G
[0295] To a solution of compound 20F (60.2 g, 0.192 mol, 1.0 eq) in acetic acid (1.0 L) at 5 °C was added bromine (19.7 mL, 0.384 mol, 2.0 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for two days. The reaction was monitored by LCMS. Then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give crude compound 20G (87 g), which was used directly for the next step without further purification.
Step 7: Synthesis of compound 20H
[0296] To a solution of crude compound 20G (87 g, 0.184 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (1.0 L) at 0 °C was added triethylamine (76.8 mL, 0.552 mol, 3.0 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The reaction was monitored by LC-MS. Then the mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica (PE/EA = 30: 1-15:1-7:1) to give compound 20H (13.2 g, 19% over two steps) as brown oil. JH NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.50 (d, / = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, / = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.43 -7.37 (m, 5H), 7.24 (d, / = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, / = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 5.01 (s, 2H), 3.96 (s, 3H).
Step 8: Synthesis of compound 201
[0297] A mixture of bromide 20H (14.8 g, 42.6 mmol, 1.0 eq), bis(pinacolato)diboron (16.3 g, 64 mmol, 1.5 eq), [1,1'- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium (5.2g, 6.4 mmol, 0.15 eq), potassium acetate (8.4 g, 85.0 mmol, 2.0 eq) in dioxane (150 mL) was degassed and filled with nitrogen three times, and heated at 50 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, filtered through a pad of Celite, washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrated and purified with flash column chromatography (ethyl acetate : hexane = 1 :2 to 2: 1 and DCM: MeOH, 10: 1) to give boronic ester 201 (14.6 g, 87%) as brown oil.
Step 9: Synthesis of compound 20.T
[0298] A mixture of 201 (4.75 g, 12.0 mmol, 1.0 eq) and (+)-pinanediol (4.08 g, 24.0 mmol, 2.0 eq) in THF (50 mL) was stirred at rt overnight. The reaction was concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography (ethyl acetate : hexane = 1:3 to 1:2) to give compound 20J (4.0 g, 75%) as light yellow oil.
Step 10: Synthesis of compounds 20K and 20L
[0299] To a mixture of compound 20J (4.0 g, 8.95 mmol, 1.0 eq) and palladium acetate (60 mg, 0.268 mmol, 0.03 eq) in THF (50 mL) at -10 °C (ice-water salt bath) was added diazomethane solution (0.30 M in ether, 150 mL, 45 mmol, 5.0 eq) dropwise over 30 min. The brown clear solution was warmed up to rt and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite, and washed with DCM. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography (ethyl acetate :hexane = 1 :3 to 1 :2) to give cyclopropannulated isomeric mixture (3.37 g, 82%) as yellow oil. Part of the diastereoisomer mixture was purified with prep-HPLC (CI 8, 250x21 mm, 0.1% formic acid in both acetonitrile and water) to give isomer 20K and pure isomer 20L. Step 11 : Synthesis of compound 20'
[0300] To a solution of 20K (150 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dichloromethane (6 mL) at -78 °C was added boron tribromide (0.08 mL, 0.84 mmol, 3.0 eq). The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to rt and stirred for lh. The mixture was concentrated to give a solid residue, which was dissolved in acetonitrile (5 mL). To the solution at rt were added 3N HCI (1.5 mL) and isobutylboronic acid (114 mg, 1.12 mmol, 4.0 eq). After being stirred at rt for 4 h, the reaction mixture was purified by prep-HPLC (C18, 250 x 21 mm, 0.1% formic acid in both acetonitrile and water ) to give the free acid compound 20 (34 mg, 94%). The acid product (34 mg, 0.16 mmol) in acetonitrile/water (1 :2, 5 mL) was treated with 0.1 N NaOH (3.5 mL), and stirred for 4h, and lyophilized to give sodium salt compound 20' (50.6 mg) as an off-white solid. LC-MS: 206 [M+l]+. JH NMR (300 MHz, D20) δ 7.54 (d, / = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, / = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 1.82 - 1.75 (m, 1H), 0.96 - 0.87 (m, 1H), 0.45-0.28 (m, 2H).
EXAMPLE 21
Disodium salt of (laR,7bS)-2-hydroxy-la,7b-dihydro-lH-cyclopropar6,71oxaborininor2,3- clpyridine-4-carboxylic acid ompound 21')
Figure imgf000110_0001
[0301] To a solution of compound 20L (420 mg, 0.91 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dichloromethane (20 mL) at -78 °C was added boron tribromide (0.264 mL, 2.74 mmol, 3.0 eq). The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to rt and stirred for 2h. The mixture was concentrated to give a residue, which was dissolved in acetonitrile (10 mL). To the solution at rt were added 3N HCI (3 mL) and isobutylboronic acid (200 mg, 2.0 eq). After being stirred at rt for 4 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, and dissolved in acetonitrile and water, and lyophilized to obtain the crude product as yellow brown solid. The crude product was purified by prep-HPLC (CI 8, 250 x 21 mm, 0.1% formic acid in both acetonitrile and water ) to give the free acid compound 21 (175 mg, 94%). The acid product (175 mg, 0.85 mmol) in acetonitrile/water (1 :2, 15mL) was treated with 1 N NaOH (0.85 mL), and stirred for 2h, and lyophilized to give a crude sodium salt as a light yellow solid. The yellow solid was dissolved in water (2.2 mL). To the solution was added acetone (20 mL). The acetone solution was decanted, and the solid was washed with acetone (3x). The water/acetone washing process was repeated to give the pure product sodium salt compound 21' (150 mg, 78%) after drying in vacuo. LC-MS: 206 [M+l]+. H NMR (300 MHz, D20) δ 7.46 (d, / = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, / = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 1.75 - 1.65 (m, 1H), 0.88 - 0.78 (m, 1H), 0.36-0.18 (m, 2H).
EXAMPLE 22
Disodium salt of 2,2-dihydroxy- 1 a-(hvdroxymethviy 5-methoxy- 1 ,7b-
Figure imgf000111_0001
Figure imgf000111_0002
Step 1 : Synthesis of compound 8A
[0302] A mixture of compound 1C (60.0 g, 0.210 mol, 1.0 eq), potassium vinyltrifluoroborate (42.2 g, 0.315 mol, 1.5 eq), PdCl2(dppf) (17.0 g, 0.021 mol, 0.1 eq), and triethylamine (87.7 mL, 0.629 mol, 3.0 eq) in dioxane (600 mL) under nitrogen was heated to 95 °C overnight. TLC showed no 1C left. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography on silica (PE/EA/DCM = 2: 1 : 1) to give compound 8A (43 g, 87%) as a white solid. JH NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.65 (d, / = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (dd, / = 17.6, 11.4 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (d, / = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.66 (d, / = 17.7 Hz, 1H), 5.41 - 5.11 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 1.71 (d, / = 8.9 Hz, 6H).
Step 2: Synthesis of compound 8B
[0303] To a solution of compound 8A (23 g, 0.098 mol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (200 mL) at -78 °C was bubbled with ozone till the color of the solution turned into blue. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h. TLC showed no 8A left. The reaction mixture was added PPI13 (15 g, 0.057 mol, 0.6 eq), warm to rt., stirred for 0.5 h. the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography on silica (PE/EA/DCM = 3: 1 : 1) to give compound 8B (15 g, 64%) as a yellow solid. JH NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 10.22 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, / = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, / = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 1.79 (s, 6H).
Step 3: Synthesis of compound 22 A
[0304] To a solution of compound 8B (15 g, 0.064 mol, 1.0 eq) in dry THF (200 mL) was added 2-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)acetaldehyde (35 g, 0.115 mol, 1.8 eq) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography on silica (DCM/MeOH = 100: 1) to give compound 22A (6.0 g, 36%) as a yellow solid. JH NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 9.73 - 9.61 (m, 1H), 7.83 - 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.64 - 7.54 (m, 1H), 6.78 - 6.62 (m, 2H), 4.09 - 3.96 (m, 3H), 1.86 - 1.72 (m, 6H).
Step 4: Synthesis of compound 22B
[0305] To a solution of compound 22A (6.0 g, 0.023 mol, 1.0 eq) in dry DCM (120 mL) at -78 °C under nitrogen was added bromine (1.17 mL, 0.023 mol, 1.0 eq). The solution was stirred for 0.5 h. Triethylamine (3.8 mL, 0.027 mol, 1.2 eq) was added. The solution was warmed to rt, and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography on silica (DCM/MeOH = 300: 1) to give compound 22B (6.2 g, 80%) as a yellow solid. JH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.76 (d, / = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 6.79 (d, / = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 1.77 (d, / = 16.3 Hz, 6H).
Step 5: Synthesis of compound 22C
[0306] To a solution of compound 22B (6.2 g, 0.018 mol, 1.0 eq) in methanol (60 mL) was added NaBH4 (0.69 g, 0.018 mol, 1.0 eq) at 0 °C under nitrogen, the reaction mixture was stirred for 0.5 h, TLC showed no 22B left. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography on silica (DCM/MeOH = 100: 1) to give compound 22C (5.7 g, 92%) as a white foam solid. JH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.10 (d, / = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 6.68 (d, / = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 3.98 (d, / = 1.8 Hz, 3H), 1.72 (d, / = 1.8 Hz, 6H).
Step 6: Synthesis of compound 22D
[0307] To a solution of compound 22C (4.5 g, 0.013 mol, 1.0 eq) and pyridine (2.1 mL, 0.026 mol, 2.0 eq) in ACN (45 mL) at 0°C was added TBSOTf (3.6 mL, 0.016 mol, 1.2 eq) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was warm to rt and stirred overnight. TLC showed no 22C left. Then the solvent was quenched with saturated NaHCC>3 (20 mL), extracted with EA (3 x 100 mL). The organic phases were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography on silica (PE/EA = 7: 1) to give compound 22D (5.6 g, 93%) as a white solid. JH NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.14 (d, / = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 6.67 (d, / = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 1.71 (s, 6H), 0.96 (s, 9H), 0.14 (s, 6H).
Step 7: Synthesis of compound 22E
[0308] A mixture of compound 22D (5.6 g, 0.012 mol, 1.0 eq), Bis[(+)- pinanediolato]diboron (6.6 g, 0.018 mol, 1.5 eq) and KOAc (3.6 g, 0.037 mol, 3.0 eq) and PdCl2(dppf) (1.0 g, 0.001 mol, 0.1 eq) in dry dioxane (60 mL) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60 °C overnight. TLC showed no 22D left. Then the mixture was filtered and the filtrate was extracted with EA (3 x 150 mL). The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography on silica (PE/EA = 10: 1) to give compound 22E (5.5 g, 81%) as a yellow oil. JH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.68 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 6.55 (d, / = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 4.28 (d, / = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 2.28 (dd, / = 33.7, 22.5 Hz, 2H), 2.03 (s, 1H), 1.90 (s, 2H), 1.70 (s, 6H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.16 (d, / = 10.4 Hz, 1H), 0.94 (s, 15H), 0.11 (s, 6H).
Step 8: Synthesis of compound 22F
[0309] To a solution of compound 22E (200 mg, 0.360 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Pd(OAc)2 (4 mg, 0.018 mmol, 0.05 eq) in dry THF (3 mL) at -20 °C under nitrogen was added CH2N2 (0.277 M in ether, 19.5 mL, 5.4 mmol, 15 eq). The reaction mixture was warm to rt, stirred for 4 h. The reaction was monitored by LCMS. Then the mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by prep-TLC (PE/EA = 3.5: 1) to give compound 22F (90 mg, 43.9%) as a colorless oil. JH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.30 (d, / = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 4.04 (t, / = 10.7 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.89 (s, 1H), 3.59 (d, / = 3.7 Hz, 1H) , 2.20 - 2.13 (m, 1H), 2.08 (t, / = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 2.01 (d, / = 5.9 Hz, 1H), 1.84 (s, 1H), 1.76 (s, 1H), 1.70 (s, 6H), 1.59 (s, 1H), 1.27 (dd, / = 10.9, 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.16 (s, 1H), 1.14 (s, 1H), 0.89 (s, 12H), 0.70 (d, / = 4.3 Hz, 3H), 0.50 (d, / = 10.1 Hz, 1H), 0.06 (d, / = 5.8 Hz, 6H).
Step 9: Synthesis of compound 22G
[0310] To a solution of compound 22F (85 mg, 0.149 mmol, 1.0 eq) in MeOH/H20 (2 mL/0.4 mL) was added KHF2 (76 mg, 0.974 mmol, 7 eq), stirred at 30 °C for 5 h, then stirred at rt for Id. The reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction was purified by prep-HPLC (under netrual condition) to give compound 22G (30 mg, 62.5%) as a white solid. JH NMR (400 MHz, cd3od) δ 7.34 (d, / = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (t, / = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.73 (d, / = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 3.38 (d, / = 10.9 Hz, 1H), 1.82 (t, / = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 1.72 (s, 6H), 1.33 (t, / = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 0.88 (dd, .7 = 8.1, 4.3 Hz, 1H).
Step 10: Synthesis of compound 22'
[0311] To a mixture of compound 22G (30 mg, 0.093 mmol, 1.0 eq) in ACN/H20 (0.5 mL/0.5 mL) was added 3 M NaOH (0.06 mL, 0.186 mmol, 2.0 eq), stirred for 2 h. The reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction was purified by prep-HPLC (under netrual conditions) to give compound 22' (9.5 mg, 39%) as a white solid. JH NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 6.88 (d, / = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.23 (d, / = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (d, / = 10.2 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.07 (d, / = 10.2 Hz, 1H), 1.48 (dd, / = 7.7, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 0.53 (d, / = 8.9 Hz, 2H).
EXAMPLE 23
Disodium salt of (3aS,9bS -4,4-dihvdroxy-7-methoxy-l,3,3a,9b-tetrahydrofuror3,4- ciri,21benzoxaborinine-6-carboxylic acid (Compound 23')
Figure imgf000115_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of compound 23B
[0312] A mixture of compound 23A (15.0 g, 174.8 mmol, 10.0 eq), 1C (5.0 g, 17.5 mmol, 1.0 eq), X-Phos (5.0 g, 10.49 mmol, 0.6 eq), K3P04 (18.5 g, 87.4 mmol, 5.0 eq) and Pd2(dba)3 (3.2 g, 3.50 mmol, 0.2 eq) in THF (150 mL) was heated at 75 °C for 16 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to rt, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on a silica gel (PE/EA, 5: 1) to give compound 23B (1.1 g, 22%).
Step 2: Synthesis of compound 23C
[0313] To a solution of compound 23B (440 mg, 1.5 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dry THF (15 mL) at -78°C, was LiHMDS (1.8 mL, 1.8 mmol, 1.2 eq) was added dropwise. The solution was stirred -78°C for 30 min. To the mixture was added compound N-(5-Chloro-2- pyridyl)bis(trifluoromethanesulfonimide) (650 mg, 1.66 mmol, 1.1 eq) in dry THF (5 mL) and stirred at -78°C for 1.5h. After the reaction was complete, the mixture was poured into water, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO/t, concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography on a silica gel (PE/EA, 1: 1) to give compound 22C (367 mg, 57%).
Step 3: Synthesis of compound 23D
[0314] To a solution of compound 23C (400 mg, 1.06 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (20 mL) was added compound bis(pinacolato)diboron (323 mg, 1.27 mmol, 1.2 eq), PdCl2(dppf) (26 mg, 0.032 mmol, 0.03 eq) and KOAc (312 mg, 3.18 mmol, 3.0 eq). The mixture was stirred at 80 °C overnight. To the reaction was added water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO/t, concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EA, 1 : 1) to give compound 23D (310 mg, 81%). Step 4: Synthesis of compound 23E
[0315] To a solution of compound 23D (90 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.0 eq) in methanol (10 mL) was added Pd/C (9 mg, 10% w/w). The mixture was stirred at rt for 5 h, then filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give crude compound 23E (90 mg).
Step 5: Synthesis of compound 23'
[0316] To a mixture of compound 23E (90 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.0 eq) in CH3CN/H20 (1 mL l\ mL) was added 3.0 N NaOH to adjust the solution to pH 9-10. The mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h, purified by prep-HPLC to give compound 23' (17.1 mg, 29%). LC-MS: 265 [M+H]+. *H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 6.83 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.35 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.94 (m, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.61-3.52 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.28 (m, 1H), 1.55-1.42 (m, 1H).
EXAMPLE 24
Disodium salt 4,4-dihvdroxy-7-methoxy-l,3-dihydrofuror3,4-ci ri,21benzoxaborinine-6-
Figure imgf000116_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of compound 24A
[0317] To a solution of compound 23D (150 mg, 0.373 mmol, 1.0 eq) in CH3OH/H20 (1.5 mL /0.3 mL) was added KHF2 (203 mg, 2.61 mol, 7.0 eq). The mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h. purified by prep-HPLC to give compound 24A (25 mg, 21%).
Step 2: Synthesis of compound 24'
[0318] To a mixture of compound 24A (47 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1.0 eq) in CH3CN/H20 (1 mL l\ mL) was added 3.0 N NaOH to adjust the mixture to pH 10. The mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h, purified by prep-HPLC to give compound 24' (20 mg, 52%). LC-MS: 263[M+H]+. JH NMR (400 MHz, CD30D): δ 6.69 (d, / = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.98-4.92 (m, 2H), 4.86-4.81 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 25
General Procedures for the Preparation of Chlorometh lcarbonate Prodrug Precursors
ROM + ^CH^ o
CI^O CI CI^O OR
[0319] To a stirred solution of chloromethyl chloroformate (5.0 mmol) and pyridine (5.1 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (30 mL) at 0 °C (ice-bath) slowly added an alcohol (5.0 mmol). The reaction was warmed to rt and monitored by TLC plate. After the starting material was completely consumed, the solvents were removed to give a residue, which was purified by silica-gel flash chromatography to afford corresponding chloride prodrug precursor.
[0320] The following prodrug precursors were synthesized using the general procedure described above.
Figure imgf000117_0001
29A
[0321] JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 5.72 (s, 2H), 4.32 (q, / = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 1.14 (t, / = 9.0 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000117_0002
[0322] JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 5.72 (s, 2H), 4.74-4.62 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.69 (m, 2H), 1.42- 1.25 (m, 5H).
Figure imgf000117_0003
32A
[0323] JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 5.73 (s, 2H), 5.21-4.92 (m, 1H), 4.92-4.88 (m, 2H), 4.73-4.69 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000117_0004
[0324] JH NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 5.76 (s, 2H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 4.26 (dd, / =15.0, and 6.0 Hz, 2H), 1.30 (t, / = 9.0 Hz, 3H). 0
CI 0 O
36A
[0325] JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 5.73 (s, 2H), 4.37 (t, / = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.64 (t, / = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000118_0001
37A
[0326] JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 5.73 (s, 2H), 4.90-4.81 (m, 2H), 3.97-3.90 (m, 2H), 2.04-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.74 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000118_0002
[0327] JH NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 5.74 (s, 2H), 4.43 (t, / = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 4.31 (t, / = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.09 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000118_0003
41A
[0328] JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 5.77 (s, 2H), 4.81 (s, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.98 (s,
3H).
General Procedures for the Preparation of Chloromethylacyloxy esters Prodrus Precursors
O
^s-ci
cf o
O BU4NCI o
R KOH CI^O^R
K2C03
CH2CI2-H20
[0329] To a well stirred solution an acid (5.0 mmol) and potassium hydroxide (5.1 mmol) tetrabutylammonium hydrogen sulfate (0.5 mmol) and potassium bicarbonate (50 mmol) in water (2 mL) and DCM (4 mL) was chloromethanesulfonyl chloride (5.0 mmol). The mixture was monitored by TLC plate. When the starting material was completely consumed, the mixture was extracted with DCM for 3 times. The combined DCM solution was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel flash chromatography with eluent of 10% DCM in ethyl acetate to give the product. [0330] The following prodrug precursors were synthesized using the general procedure described above. o
38A
[0331] JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 5.71 (s, 2H), 4.47-4.41 (m, 1H), 3.68-3.60 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.10 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000119_0001
39A
[0332] JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13)5 5.71 (s, 2H), 4.01-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.38-3.25 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.71 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000119_0002
42A
[0333] JH NMR (300 MHz, (s, 2H), 4.67 (s, 2H), 2.12 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000119_0003
43A
[0334] JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 5.77 (s, 2H), 4.11 (s, 2H), 3.47 (s, 3H);
Figure imgf000119_0004
[0335] A 10 mL-flask was flame-dried under vacuum, back-filled with nitrogen and cooled to rt. The flask was charged with compound 13 (100 mg, 0.45 mmol, 1 eq.), potassium carbonate (186 mg, 1.35 mmol, 3 eq.), and potassium iodide (224 mg, 1.35 mmol, 3 eq.). The reaction flask was placed under vacuum and back-filled with nitrogen three times. Anhydrous DMF (2 mL, 0.25 M) followed by freshly prepared chloride (0.90 mmol, 2 eq.) were added via syringe under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 12 hrs under a nitrogen balloon. The reaction was monitored by LCMS and HPLC. After the starting material was consumed, the mixture cooled to rt. Acetonitrile (1 mL) and water (2 mL) were added, and the clear solution was purified preparative-HPLC to afford the desired product after lyophilization.
[0336] The following prodrugs were synthesized using the general procedure described above.
[0337] Isopropoxycarbonyloxymethyl (laR,7bS)-5-fluoro-2-hydroxy-la,7b-dihydro- lH-cyclopropa[c] [1 ,2]benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylate (Compound 25):
Figure imgf000120_0001
25
LCMS: 676.0 [2M+1]+; JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.34 (dd, / = 8.4 and 6.3 Hz, IH), 6.74 (t, / = 9.0 Hz, IH), 5.99 (d, / = 5.4 Hz, IH), 5.86 (d, / = 5.7 Hz, IH), 4.98-4.92 (m, IH), 2.28-2.21 (m, IH), 1.37-1.30 (m, 8H), 0.69-0.61 (m, IH), 0.48-0.43 (m, IH); 19F NMR (282 MHz, CDCI3) δ -117.4.
[0338] Butanoyloxymethyl ( 1 aR,7bS)-5-fluoro-2-hydroxy- 1 a,7b-dihydro- 1 H- cyclopropa[c][l,2]benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylate (Compound 26):
Figure imgf000120_0002
26
LCMS: 340.0 [M+H20]+; JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.27 (t, /= 6.0 Hz, IH), 6.67 (t, / = 9.0 Hz, IH), 5.94 (d, /= 3.0 Hz, IH), 5.87 (d, /= 3.0 Hz, IH), 2.41-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.17 (m, IH), 1.73-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.25 (m, IH), 0.94 (t, /= 7.5 Hz, 3H), 0.67-0.57 (m, IH), 0.46- 0.38 (m, IH); 19F (CDC13, 282 MHz) δ -117.6.
[0339] Cyclopropoxycarbonyloxymethyl ( 1 aR,7bS)-5-fluoro-2-hydroxy- 1 a,7b- dihydro- 1 H-cyclopropa[c] [ 1 ,2]benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylate (Compound 27) :
Figure imgf000120_0003
27 LCMS: 338.0 [M+ H20]+; JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.14 (t, / = 6.0 Hz, IH), 6.53 (t, / = 9.0 Hz, IH), 5.79 (d, / = 3.0 Hz, IH), 5.69 (d, / = 3.0 Hz, IH), 2.30-2.17 (m, IH), 1.78- 1.60 (m, IH), 1.16-1.00 (m, 2H), 1.00-0.85 (m, 2H), 0.58-0.60 (m, IH), 0.48-0.42 (m, IH); 19F (CDCI3, 282 MHz) δ -117.6.
[0340] Acetoxymethyl ( 1 aR,7bS)-5-fluoro-2-hydroxy- 1 a,7b-dihydro- 1 H- cyclopropa[c][l,2]benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylate (Compound 28):
Figure imgf000121_0001
28
LCMS: 317.0 [M+Na]+; JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.14 (t, /= 6.0 Hz, IH), 6.53 (t, / = 9.0 Hz, IH), 5.79 (d, /= 3.0 Hz, IH), 5.69 (d, /= 3.0 Hz, IH), 2.30-2.17 (m, IH), 2.17 (s, 3H), 1.30-1.25 (m, IH), 0.58-0.60 (m, IH), 0.48-0.42 (m, IH); 19NMR (CDC13, 282 MHz) δ -117.4.
[0341] Ethoxycarbonyloxymethyl (laR,7bS)-5-fluoro-2-hydroxy-la,7b-dihydro-lH- cyclopropa[c][l,2]benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylate (Compound 29):
Figure imgf000121_0002
29
LCMS: 646.7 [2M-H]"; JH NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.14 (t, /= 6.0 Hz, IH), 6.53 (t, / = 9.0 Hz, IH), 5.79 (d, /= 3.0 Hz, IH), 5.69 (d, /= 3.0 Hz, IH), 4.08 (q, /= 6.0 Hz, IH), 2.04- 1.98 (m, IH), 1.41 (t, / = 3.0 Hz, 3H), 1.20-1.12 (m, IH), 0.51-0.41 (m, IH), 0.27-0.21 (m, IH); 19F NMR (CDCI3, 282 MHz) δ -117.2.
[0342] Cyclohexoxycarbonyloxymethyl ( 1 aR,7bS)-5-fluoro-2-hydroxy- 1 a,7b- dihydro- 1 H-cyclopropa[c] [ 1 ,2]benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylate (Compound 30) :
Figure imgf000121_0003
LCMS: 754.7 [2M-H]"; H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.33 (dd, J =15.0 Hz, J2 = 8.7 Hz, IH), 6.72 (t, / = 8.4 Hz, IH), 5.98 (d, / = 6.0 Hz, IH), 5.87 (d, / = 6.0 Hz, IH), 4.72-4.65 (m, IH), 2.25-2.19 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.56-1.45 (m, 3H), 1.42-1.20 (m, 4H), 0.67-0.61 (m, IH), 0.48-0.43 (m, IH); 19F NMR (CDC13, 282 MHz) δ -117.6.
[0343] [2-(dimethylamino)-2-oxo-ethyl] (1 aR,7bS)-5-fluoro-2-hydroxy- 1 a,7b- dihydro-lH-cyclopropa[c] [l,2]benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylate (Compound 31):
Figure imgf000122_0001
LCMS: 308.0 [M+H]+; JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.34 (dd, / = 8.4 and 6.5 Hz, IH), 6.71 (t, / = 9.0 Hz, IH), 4.39 (d, /= 13.8 Hz, IH), 4.24 (d, /= 13.8 Hz, IH), 3.10 (s, 3H), 3.01 (s, 3H), 2.21-2.15 (m, IH), 1.37-1.30 (m, IH), 0.69-0.61 (m, IH), 0.48-0.43 (m, IH); 19F NMR (282 MHz, CDC13) 5 -117.4.
[0344] Oxetan-3-yloxycarbonyloxymethyl (laR,7bS)-5-fluoro-2-hydroxy-la,7b- dihydro- 1 H-cyclopropa[c] [ 1 ,2]benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylate (Compound 32) :
Figure imgf000122_0002
32
LCMS: 351.0 [M-H20]~; H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.36 (dd, J =15.0 Hz, J2 = 8.7 Hz, IH), 6.74 (t, / = 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.00 (d, / = 6.0 Hz, IH), 5.90 (d, / = 6.0 Hz, IH), 5.51-5.44 (m, IH), 4.94-4.89 (m, IH), 4.79-4.70(m, IH), 2.04-1.98 (m, IH), 1.41 (t, / = 3.0 Hz, 3H), 1.20- 1.12 (m, IH), 0.51-0.41 (m, IH), 0.27-0.21 (m, IH); 19F NMR (CDC13, 282 MHz) δ -117.6.
[0345] (5-Methyl-2-oxo-l,3-dioxol-4-yl)methyl (laR,7bS)-5-fluoro-2-hydroxy- 1 a,7b-dihydro- 1 H-cyclopropa[c] [ 1 ,2]benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylate (Compound 33) :
Figure imgf000122_0003
LCMS: 352.0 [M+H20]+; JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.34 (t, /= 6.0 Hz, IH), 6.73 (t, / = 9.0 Hz, IH), 5.08 (s, 2H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.17 (m, IH), 1.41-1.31 (m, IH), 0.67-0.58 (m,
IH), 0.46-0.38 (m, IH); iyF NMR (CDCI3, 282 MHz) δ -117.5.
[0346] 1 -Ethoxycarbonyloxyethyl ( 1 aR,7bS)-5-fluoro-2-hydroxy- 1 a,7b-dihydro- 1 H- cyclopropa[c][l,2]benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylate (Compound 34):
Figure imgf000123_0001
34
LCMS: 356.0 [M+ H20]+; JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.34-7.27 (m, IH), 6.73-6.68 (m, IH), 6.12-5.96 (m, IH), 4.27-4.23 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.17 (m, IH), 1.36 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 3H), 1.41- 1.31 (m, IH), 0.67-0.58 (m, IH), 0.46-0.38 (m, IH); 19F NMR (CDC13, 282 MHz) δ -117.6, - 117.8.
[0347] (2-Ethoxy-2-oxo-ethoxy)carbonyloxymethyl (laR,7bS)-5-fluoro-2-hydroxy- 1 a,7b-dihydro- 1 H-cyclopropa[c] [ 1 ,2]benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylate (Compound 35) :
Figure imgf000123_0002
LC-MS: 382.8 [M+H]+; JH NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.33 (dd, J =6.0, J2 = 3.0 Hz, IH), 6.73 (t, / = 9.0 Hz, IH), 5.59 (d, / = 3.0 Hz, IH), 5.53 (d, / = 3.0 Hz, IH), 4.41 (s, 2H), 4.29-4.22 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.21 (m, IH), 1.38-1.33 (m, IH), 1.30 (t, /= 3.0 Hz, 3H), 0.68-0.63 (m, IH), 0.49-0.45 (m, IH); 19F NMR (CDCI3, 282 MHz) δ -117.8.
[0348] 2-Methoxyethoxycarbonyloxymethyl ( 1 aR,7bS)-5-fluoro-2-hydroxy- 1 a,7b- dihydro- 1 H-cyclopropa[c] [ 1 ,2]benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylate (Compound 36) :
Figure imgf000123_0003
36 LCMS: 355.0 [M+H]+; JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.34 (dd, j =6.0, J2 = 3.0 Hz, IH), 6.73 (t, J =9.3 Hz, IH), 5.99 (d, / =6.0 Hz, IH), 5.89 (d, / =6.0 Hz, IH), 4.39-4.36 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.64 (m, 2H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 2.03-1.97 (m, IH), 1.40-1.33 (m, IH), 0.66-0.60 (m, IH), 0.47- 0.43 (m, IH); 19F NMR (CDC13, 282 MHz) δ -116.6.
[0349] Tetrahydropyran-4-yloxycarbonyloxymethyl (laR,7bS)-5-fluoro-2-hydroxy- 1 a,7b-dihydro- 1 H-cyclopropa[c] [ 1 ,2]benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylate (Compound 37) :
Figure imgf000124_0001
37
LCMS: 759.7 [2M+H]+; JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.34 (dd, j =15.0 Hz, J2 = 8.7 Hz, IH), 6.73 (t, / = 8.4 Hz, IH), 5.99 (d, / = 6.0 Hz, IH), 5.89 (d, / = 6.0 Hz, IH), 4.91-4.86 (m, IH), 3.98-3.89 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.51 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.19 (m, IH), 2.03-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.40- 1.33 (m, IH), 0.68-0.62 (m, IH), 0.47-0.44 (m, IH); 19F NMR (CDC13, 282 MHz) δ -117.6.
[0350] [(1 aR,7bS)-5-Fluoro-2-hydroxy- 1 a,7b-dihydro- 1 H- cyclopropa[c] [1,2] benzoxaborinine-4-carbonyl] oxymethyl (2R)- 1 -acetylpyrrolidine-2- carboxylate (Compound 38):
Figure imgf000124_0002
LCMS: 392.1 [M+H]+; JH NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.14 (t, / = 6.0 Hz, IH), 6.53 (t, / = 9.0 Hz, IH), 5.79 (d, / = 3.0 Hz, IH), 5.69 (d, / = 3.0 Hz, IH), 4.53-4.49 (m, IH), 3.70-3.60 (m, IH), 3.58-3.54 (m, IH), 2.30-2.32 (m, IH), 2.21-2.01 (m, 4H), 2, 12 (s, 3H), 1.30-1.25 (m, IH), 0.58-0.60 (m, IH), 0.48-0.42 (m, IH); 19F NMR (CDCI3, 282 MHz) δ -119.3.
[0351] Tetrahydropyran-4-carbonyloxymethyl (laR,7bS)-5-fluoro-2-hydroxy-la,7b- dihydro- 1 H-cyclopropa[c] [ 1 ,2]benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylate (Compound 39) :
Figure imgf000125_0001
LCMS: 728.0 [2M+H]+; JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.33 (dd, j =6.0, J2 = 3.0 Hz, IH), 6.73 (t, / = Hz, IH), 5.59 (d, /= 6.0 Hz, IH), 5.53 (d, /= 6.0 Hz, IH), 3.95-3.91 (m, 2H), 3.46-3.37 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.59 (m, IH), 2.26-2.21 (m, IH), 1.72-1.60 (m, 4H), 1.38-1.33 (m, IH), 0.67-0.58 (m, IH), 0.46-0.38 (m, IH); 19F NMR (CDC13, 282 MHz) δ -114.6.
[0352] 2- Acetoxyethoxycarbonyloxymethyl ( 1 aR,7bS)-5-fluoro-2-hydroxy- 1 a,7b- dihydro- 1 H-cyclopropa[c] [ 1 ,2]benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylate (Compound 40) :
Figure imgf000125_0002
LCMS: 763.90[2M+H]+; JH NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.14 (t, /= 6.0 Hz, IH), 6.53 (t, / = 9.0 Hz, IH), 5.79 (d, /= 3.0 Hz, IH), 5.69 (d, /= 3.0 Hz, IH), 4.41 (t, /= 3.9 Hz, IH), 4.32 (t, /= 3.9 Hz, IH), 2.30-2.17 (m, IH), 1.30-1.25 (m, IH), 0.58-0.60 (m, IH), 0.48-0.42 (m, IH); 19F NMR (CDCI3, 282 MHz) δ -116.9.
[0353] [2-(Dimethylamino)-2-oxo-ethoxy]carbonyloxymethyl (laR,7bS)-5-fluoro-2- hydroxy-la,7b-dihydro-lH-c arboxylate (Compound 41):
Figure imgf000125_0003
LCMS: 399.05 [M+H20]+; JH NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.31 (dd, Ji =6.0, h = 3.0 Hz, IH), 6.71 (t, / =9.3 Hz, IH), 6.03 (d, / =12.0 Hz, IH), 5.94 (d, / =12.0 Hz, 1H),_4.81 (s, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 2.23-2.17 (m, IH), 1.40-1.33 (m, IH), 0.66-0.60 (m, IH), 0.47-0.43 (m, IH); 19F NMR (CDCI3, 282 MHz) δ -118.2.
[0354] (2-Acetoxyacetyl)oxymethyl (laR,7bS)-5-fluoro-2-hydroxy-la,7b-dihydro- lH-cyclopropa[c] [1 ,2]benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylate (Compound 42)
Figure imgf000126_0001
LCMS: 703.90 [2M+H]+; JH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.33 (t, /= 6.0 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (t, / = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.01 (d, / = 3.0 Hz, 1H), 5.94 (d, / = 3.0 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (s, 1H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.23-2.19 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.31 (m, 1H), 0.67-0.58 (m, 1H), 0.46-0.38 (m, 1H). 19F NMR (CDC13, 282 MHz) δ -117.8.
[0355] (2-Methoxyacetyl)oxymethyl (laR,7bS)-5-fluoro-2-hydroxy-la,7b-dihydro- lH-cyclopropa[c] [1 ,2]benzoxaborinine-4-carboxylate (Compound 43):
Figure imgf000126_0002
43
LCMS: 647.7 [2M+H]+; JH NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.33 (t, /= 6.0 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (t, / = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.04 (d, /= 3.0 Hz, 1H), 6.01 (d, /= 3.0 Hz, 1H), 4.11 (s, 3H), 3.47 (s, 2H), 2.30- 2.17 (m, 1H), 1.35-1.34 (m, 2H), 0.67-0.58 (m, 1H), 0.46-0.38 (m, 1H); 19F NMR (CDC13, 282 MHz) δ -116.9.
EXAMPLE 26. POTENTIATION OF AZTREONAM
[0356] The potency and spectrum of β-lactamase inhibitors (BLIs) was determined by assessing their aztreonam potentiation activity in a dose titration potentiation assay using strains of various bacteria that are resistant to aztreonam due to expression of various β- lactamases. Aztreonam is a monobactam antibiotic and is hydrolyzed by the majority of beta- lactamases that belong to class A or C (but not class B or D). The potentiation effect was observed as the ability of BLI compounds to inhibit growth in the presence of sub-inhibitory concentration of aztreonam. MICs of test strains varied from 64 μg/mL to > 128 μg/mL. Aztreonam was present in the test medium at 4 μg/mL. Compounds were tested at concentrations up to 40 μg/mL. In this assay, potency of compounds was reported as the minimum concentration of BLI required to inhibit growth of bacteria in the presence of 4 μg/mL of aztreonam (MPC@/t). Table 2 summarizes the BLI potency of aztreonam potentiation (MPC@/t) for various strains overexpressing class A (ESBL and KPC), and class C beta- lactamases. Aztreonam MIC for each strain is also shown. Table 2. Activity of BLIs to potentiate aztreonam against strains expressing class A and class C enzymes.
Figure imgf000127_0001
X = MPC@4 < 5 μg/mL
Y = 5 μg/mL < MPC@4 < 20 μg/mL
Z = MPC@4 > 20 μg/mL
EXAMPLE 27. POTENTIATION OF TIGEMONAM
[0357] Selected β-lactamase inhibitors were also tested for their ability to potentiate the monobactam tigemonam. The potentiation effect was observed as the ability of BLI compounds to inhibit growth in the presence of sub-inhibitory concentration of tigemonam. MICs of test strains varied from 16 μg/mL to > 64 μg/mL. Tigemonam was present in the test medium at 4 μg/mL. Compounds were tested at concentrations up to 40 μg/mL. In this assay potency of compounds was reported as the minimum concentration of BLI required to inhibit growth of bacteria in the presence of 4 μg/mL of aztreonam (MPC@4). Table 3 summarizes the BLI potency of tigemonam potentiation (MPC@4) for various strains overexpressing class A (ESBL) and class C beta-lactamases. Tigemonam MIC for each strain is also shown.
Table 3. Activity of BLIs to potentiate tigemonam against strains expressing class A and class C enzymes.
Figure imgf000128_0001
X = MPC@4 < 5 μg/mL
Y = 5 μg/mL < MPC@4 < 20 μg/mL
Z = MPC@4 > 20 μg/mL EXAMPLE 28. POTENTIATION OF BIAPENEM
[0358] β-lactamase inhibitors were also tested for their ability to potentiate the carbapenem biapenem against strains producing class A (KPC) and class D (OXA-48) carbapenemases. The potentiation effect was observed as the ability of BLI compounds to inhibit growth in the presence of a sub-inhibitory concentration of biapenem. Biapenem MIC of test strains were 16-32 μg/mL. Biapenem was present in the test medium at 1 μg/mL. Compounds were tested at concentrations up to 40 μg/mL. In this assay potency of compounds was reported as the minimum concentration of BLI required to inhibit growth of bacteria in the presence of 1 μg/mL of biapenem (MPC@i). Table 4 summarizes the BLI potency of biapenem potentiation (MPC@i) for two strains overexpressing class A (KPC) and class D (OXA-48) carbapenemases. Biapenem MIC for each strain is also shown.
Table 4. Activity of BLIs to potentiate biapenem against strains expressing class A
(KPC) or class D (OXA-48) carbapenemases.
Figure imgf000129_0001
Tazobactam Z Y z z
Clavulanic Acid Y z z z
X = MPC@1 < 5 μg/mL
Y = 5 μg/mL < MPC@1 < 20 μg/mL
Z = MPC@1 > 20 μg/mL
EXAMPLE 29. POTENTIATION OF MEROPENEM
[0359] β-lactamase inhibitors were also tested for their ability to potentiate the carbapenem meropenem against strains of Acinetobacter baumannii producing class D (OXA-23 and OXA-72) carbapenemases. The potentiation effect was observed as the ability of BLI compounds to inhibit growth in the presence of a sub-inhibitory concentration of meropenem. Meropenem MIC of test strains were 32 to >64 μg/mL. Meropenem was present in the test medium at 8 μg/mL. Compounds were tested at concentrations up to 20 μg/mL. In this assay potency of compounds was reported as the minimum concentration of BLI required to inhibit growth of bacteria in the presence of 8 μg/mL of meropenem (MPC@s). Table 5 summarizes the BLI potency of meropenem potentiation (MPC@g) for two strains overexpressing OXA-72 and OXA-23 carbapenemases. Meropenem MIC for each strain is also shown.
Table 5. Activity of BLIs to potentiate meropenem against strains expressing class D carbapenemases from Acinetobacter baumannii
Figure imgf000130_0001
19 Y X
20 Z Y
21 z X
22 X X
23 z X
24 Y Y
Tazobactam ND ND
Clavulanic Acid ND ND
X = MPC@1 < 5 μg/mL
< 20 μg/mL
Figure imgf000131_0001
ND= Not determined.
EXAMPLE 30. INHIBITORY ACTIVITY
[0360] K; values of inhibition of purified class A, C and D enzymes were determined spectrophotometrically using nitrocefin as reporter substrate. Purified enzymes were mixed with various concentrations of inhibitors in reaction buffer and incubated for 10 min at room temperature. Nitrocefin was added and substrate cleavage profiles were recorded at 490 nm every 10 sec for 10 min. The results of these experiments are presented in Table 6. These experiments confirmed that the described compounds are inhibitors with a broad-spectrum of activity towards various β-lactamases.
Table 6. Activity of BLIs (Ki, uM) to inhibit cleavage of nitrocefin by purified class A, C and D enzymes
fable 6.
Ki Ki Ki Ki Ki Ki Ki
Ki Ki (Pa-
(CTX- (SHV- (TEM- (KPC- (OXA- (OXA- (VIM-
(P99, AmpC,
Compd. M-14, 12, 10, 2, 48, 23, 1,
NCF), NCF),
NCF), NCF), NCF), NCF), NCF), NCF), NCF), uM uM
uM uM uM uM uM uM uM
1 X ND X X X X X X X
2 X ND X X X X X X Y
3 X ND X X X X X X X
4 X ND X X X X X X Y
5 X ND X X Y Z X X Z
6 Z Y Y X X X X Y Y
7 X Y Y X X X X X X
8 X ND X X X X X X Y
9 ND ND X X X Y X X Z
10 X X X X X X X X X
11 X X X X X X X X Y
12 X X X X X Y X X Z
13 X X X X X X X X X
14 X ND X X X X X X Z
15 X ND X X X X X X Z
16 X ND X X X X X X X
17 X ND X X X X X X X
18 X ND X X Y Y X Y Y 19 X ND X X X X X X X
20 X ND X Y Z z X Y z
21 X ND X Y Y z X X Y
22 X ND X X X X X z X
23 X ND X X X Y X X Y
24 X ND X X X X X X z
Tazobactam X X X Z z Y Y Y z
Clavulanic
X X X Z z z z z z Acid
X = Ki < 0.1 μΜ
Y = 0.1 μΜ < Κ; < 1 μΜ
Z = K; > 1 μΜ
ND = not determined
[0361] K; values of inhibition of purified class B enzymes NDM-1 and IMP-1 were determined spectrophotometrically using imipenem as reporter substrate. Purified enzymes were mixed with various concentrations of inhibitors in reaction buffer and incubated for 10 min at room temperature. Imipenem was added and substrate cleavage profiles were recorded at 294 nm every 30 seconds for 30 minutes at 37°C. The results of these experiments are presented in Table 7. These experiments further confirmed that the described compounds have the ability to inhibit carbapenemase activity of metallo-beta-lactamases.
Table 7. Activity of BLIs (Ki, uM) to inhibit cleavage of imipenem by purified class B NDM-1 and IMP-1 enzymes
Figure imgf000132_0001
22 X X
23 X z
24 Y z
Tazobactam Z z
Clavulanic Acid Z z
X = Ki < 0.1 μΜ
Y = 0.1 μΜ < Κ; < 1 μΜ
Z = K; > 1 μΜ
EXAMPLE 31. MEXAB-OPRM DEPENDENT EFFLUX OF BLIs
[0362] Efflux of BLIs from Pseudomonas aeruginosa by the MexAB-OprM efflux pump was also evaluated. The plasmid expressing the gene encoding KPC-2 was introduced into two strains of P. aeruginosa, PAM1032 and PAM1154 that overexpressed or lacked MexAB- OprM, respectively. Due to expression of KPC-2 both strains became resistant to biapenem. Biapenem is not affected by efflux in P. aeruginosa and both strains had the same biapenem MIC of 32 μg/ml. Potency of BLIs to potentiate biapenem in these strains was determined. Potency was defined as the ability of BLI to decrease MIC of biapenem 64-fold, from 32 μg/ml to 0.5 μg/ml, or MPC64. The ratio of MPC64 values for each BLI in PAM1032/KPC-2 (efflux proficient) and PAM1154/KPC-2 (efflux deficient) was determined to generate the Efflux Index (EI) as shown in Table 8.
Table 8. MexAB-OprM Dependent Efflux of BLIs from P. aeruginosa
Table 8.
PAM1032/ PAM1154/
KPC-2 KPC-2
Biapenem Biapenem
Compound EI
MPC64 MPC64
1 2.5 1.25 2
2 2.5 1.25 2
3 5 2.5 2
4 2.5 2.5 1
5 20 10 2
6 ND ND ND
7 ND ND ND
8 2.5 2.5 1
9 >10 1.25 >8
10 ND ND ND
11 ND ND ND
12 2.5 1.25 2
13 2.5 2.5 1
14 40 1.25 32
15 5 1.25 4
16 1.25 0.3 4
17 20 5 4
18 5 0.3 16
19 5 1.25 4 20 5 5 1
21 1.25 1.25 1
22 20 10 2
23 20 20 1
24 ND ND ND
ND = not determined
[0363] These experiments demonstrated that the described compounds are effected by the MexAB-OprM efflux pump from P. aeruginosa to various degrees and that it was possible to overcome the MexAB-OprM mediated efflux.
EXAMPLE 32: STABILITY OF COMPOUND 13 PRODRUGS IN HUMAN SERUM
[0364] The rate of hydrolysis for several prodrugs of 13 was evaluated in vitro by measuring their stability in human serum and human liver microsomes.
[0365] All serum stability experiments were conducted by aliquoting 10 μL· of test compound at 500 μg/mL (lOx final concentration) in 95:5 water:acetonitrile v/v into 1.5 mL Eppendorf tubes. Each tube was assigned to a specific timepoint: 0, 5, 10 or 30 minutes. The tubes were then warmed to 37 °C in a water bath along with human serum (Bioreclamations) in a separate tube. Serum esterase activity for each lot of serum used was established by assaying an unrelated ester prodrug as a control. To initiate the reaction, 90 μL· of serum was added to tubes for all timepoints using a repeating-tip pipette, thereby bringing the final concentration of test compound to 50 μg/mL and the final concentration of acetonitrile to 0.5% v/v. At each timepoint, the reaction was halted and serum proteins precipitated through the addition of an equal volume of cold acetonitrile containing 25 μg/mL diclofenac as an internal standard. The mixture was vortexed then centrifuged for 5 minutes at 15,000 rpm. 50 μL· of supernatant was then combined with 100 μL· of water in an amber-glass HPLC vial containing a glass insert, and 10.0 μL· of this mixture was injected on HPLC.
[0366] Sample analysis for serum stability experiments was conducted using an Agilent 1100 binary pump HPLC equipped with a diode array detector set to monitor absorbance at 286 nm (8 nm bandwidth). Separation was achieved on a Waters XBridge BEH Shield 2.1x50 mm column with 5 μπι particles and a Phenomenex Gemini guard column, using a flow rate of 400 μL· I min with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in water for mobile phase A and 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in methanol for mobile phase B. Initial conditions were 80% mobile phase A, 20% mobile phase B with a 6% per minute gradient to 80% B at 10 minutes, followed by re- equilibration at initial conditions. The samples were analyzed together with appropriate blanks in order to ensure specificity. [0367] Chromatograms were checked for the appearance of active drug (compound 13) to ensure the test compound was converted to active. The rate of activation was determined by monitoring the concentration of test compound as follows. The peak area for the analyte was divided by the peak area for the internal standard to give an area ratio. The area ratio for each timepoint was divided by the area ratio for timepoint 0 to give the percent remaining at each timepoint. The natural logarithm of the percent remaining versus time was plotted using Microsoft Excel and fitted to a linear trendline. The half-life for each test compound was estimated by dividing the natural logarithm of 2 by the slope of the trendline. The percent remaining for each test compound and the calculated half-life is presented in Table 9 below.
Table 9. Rate of activation of compound 13 prodrugs in human serum at a prodrug concentration of 50.0 μg/mL
Figure imgf000135_0001
EXAMPLE 33: STABILITY OF COMPOUND 13 PRODRUGS IN HUMAN LIVER
MICROSOMES (HLM)
[0368] All microsome stability experiments were conducted by diluting test compound to 2.00 μΜ (2x final concentration) in 50mM pH 7.4 potassium phosphate buffer containing 3.3 mM MgCl2. 50 μL· of this solution was then aliquoted into 1.5 mL Eppendorf tubes, two per timepoint for four specific timepoints: 0, 5, 10 and 30 minutes. In the meantime, a 20.0 mg/mL solution of human liver microsomes (XenoTech, LLC) was diluted to 1.00 mg/mL (2x final concentration). Esterase activity for each lot of microsomes used was established by assaying an unrelated ester prodrug as a control. Both the Eppendorfs for each timepoint and the diluted liver microsomes were then warmed to 37 °C in a water bath. No cofactors (e.g. NADPH) were added to ensure that only hydrolytic reactions as opposed to reactions mediated by other cofactor-dependent enzymes (e.g. CYP450 enzymes) would take place.
[0369] To initiate the reaction, 50 μL· of diluted human liver microsomes was added to tubes for all timepoints using a repeating-tip pipette, thereby bringing the final concentration of test compound to 1.00 μΜ and the final concentration of human liver microsomes to 0.500 mg/mL. At each timepoint, the reaction was halted and proteins precipitated through the addition of 200 μL· of 10:45:45 water:methanol:acetonitrile v/v/v containing an unrelated ester prodrug at 250 ng/mL as an internal standard. The resulting mixture was vortexed and centrifuged for 5 minutes at 15,000 rpm, then 100 μL· of supernatant was transferred to a 96-well plate and combined with 500 μL· of water preparatory to analysis on LC-MS.
[0370] Sample analysis for microsome stability experiments was conducted using a 20.0 μL· injection on a LEAP PAL autosampler with Agilent 1100 binary pump HPLC coupled to an AB Sciex 3200 QTrap mass spectrometer. Separation was achieved on a Waters XBridge BEH Shield 2.1x50 mm column with 5 μπι particles and a Phenomenex Gemini guard column, using a flow rate of 400 μL· I min with 0.1% formic acid in water for mobile phase A and 0.1% formic acid in acetonitrile for mobile phase B. The gradient was adjusted as needed to give the desired resolution and run time. Detection was in positive mode; source parameters and parent- daughter ion selection criteria were chosen as needed for each compound to achieve an appropriate limit of detection and signal-to-noise ratio. The samples were analyzed together with appropriate blanks in order to ensure specificity.
[0371] The rate of hydrolysis for each prodrug was determined by monitoring the concentration of test compound as follows. The peak area for the analyte was divided by the peak area for the internal standard to give an area ratio. The area ratio for each of the two replicates at each timepoint was divided by the area ratio for timepoint 0 to give the percent remaining at each timepoint. The natural logarithm of the percent remaining versus time for all replicates was plotted using Microsoft Excel and fitted to a linear trendline. The half-life for each test compound was estimated by dividing the natural logarithm of 2 by the slope of the trendline. The percent remaining for each test compound and the calculated half-life is presented in Table 10 below.
Table 10. Rate of activation of compound 13 prodrugs in 0.500 mg/mL human liver microsomes at a prodrug concentration of 1.00 μΜ
Figure imgf000136_0001

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound having the structure of the Formula I or II, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000137_0001
wherein
Y1 is N or CR4;
m is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
(a)
2 3
R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3-7carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, Ce-w aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R1, R4, Ra, and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci-6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci-6 alkoxy)Ci-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-io alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci-6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci-6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg,
NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd; or
(b)
R3 and R4 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_ 7carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R1, R2, Ra, and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1_3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)!-3RC, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd; or
(c)
R 1 and R 2 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_ 7carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R3, R4, Ra, and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Cj_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Q_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)C!_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd; or
(d)
Ra and Rb together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7 carbocyclyl and 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
1 2 3 4
each of R , R , R , and R is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3-7carbocyclyl)Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd; or
(e)
Ra and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, Ce-w aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R1, R2, R3, and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Q_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Cj_6 alkoxy)Cj_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci-6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd; R5 is -Y5-(CH2)t-G;
t is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
G is selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ loalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3-7carbocyclyl)Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6- ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C- carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, - C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1_3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, - C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)!_3Rc, and - NRfS(0)2NRfORd;
A is selected from the group consisting of C3_7 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-ioaryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted by one or more R12;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Cj_6 alkyl, OH, -C(0)OR, optionally substituted d_6 alkoxy, amino, -N(OR8)R9, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkylthiol, C-amido, S-sulfonamido, CN, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, and a carboxylic acid isostere;
R is selected from the group consisting of H, d_9 alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)C1_ 9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)C3_7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR10R11OC(O)C2_8alkoxyalkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)OC1_
9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)OC3_7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)O(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR10RnOC(O)OC2_8alkoxy alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)C6_10aryl, CR10RnOC(0)OC6-ioaryl, -CR10RnC(O)NR13R14, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)1_ 3C(0)NR1JR , -CR1UR1 C(0)0(CH2)2-30C(0)C1 alkyl, -CRluRuOC(0)0(CH2)
3C(0)Od-4 alkyl, -CRluR1 C(0)(CH2)1_3OC(0)C1-4
Figure imgf000141_0001
R7 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, optionally substituted Q_6 alkoxy, amino, and -N(OR 8 )R 9 ;
each R 8 and R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
each R10 and R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
R 12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_ 6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, sulfhydryl, -C(O)(CH2)0-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1-3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, - C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)!_3Rc, - NRfS(0)2NRfORd, and -(CH2)p-Y6-(CH2)qK;
each R13 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
R15 is optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl;
Y 2 is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-, and -NR 9 -;
Y 3 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, -SH, and -NHR 9 ; Y4 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, optionally substituted Ci_6
8 9
alkoxy, amino, and -N(OR )R ; and
Y5 is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0)2-, -0-, -CRfRg-, and -NRg-, or Y5 is absent;
Y6 is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0)2-, -0-, -CRfRg-, and
-NRf-;
K is selected from the group consisting of C-amido; N-amido; S-sulfonamido; N- sulfonamido; -NRfC(0)NRfRg; -NRfS(0)2NRfRg; -C(=NRe)Rc; -C(=NRe)NRfRg; - NRfCRc(=NRe); -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg; C alkyl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of Ci_4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; C -w aryl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, Q_4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; 5- 10 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; and 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; each Rc, Rd, Re, Rf, and Rg are independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5- 10 membered heteroaryl; and
each p and q is independently 0 or 1.
2. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R is selected from H, Ci_ alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)C1_9alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)OC1_9alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)C6_10aryl, -
Figure imgf000142_0001
3. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R is -CRluR11OC(0)C1_ 9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)C3-7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), or -CR10R11OC(O)C2-8alkoxyalkyl.
4. The compound of claim 3, wherein the 3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl of R is
Figure imgf000142_0002
5. The compound of claim 1, wherein R is -CR1UR1OC(0)0C1_ 9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)OC3-7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)O(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), or -CR10R11OC(O)OC2-8alkoxyalkyl.
of claim 5, wherein the 3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl of R is
Figure imgf000143_0001
7. The compound of claim 1, whererein R is -CR10RnC(O)NR13R14.
8. The compound of claim 1, whererein R is -CR10RnOC(O)O(CH2)i- 3C(0)NR13R14, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)2-3OC(O)C1_4 alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)(CH2)1-3OC(O)C1 alkyl, or -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)1-3C(O)OC1_4 alkyl.
9. The compound of any one of claims 3 to 8, wherein each R10 and R11 is independently hydrogen or Ci_6 alkyl.
10. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 9, having the structure of Formula la or Ila, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000143_0002
11. The compound of claim 10, having the structure of Formula lb or lib, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000143_0003
wherein each J, L, M is independently CR 12 or N (nitrogen).
12. The compound of claim 11, having the structure of Formula Ic or lie, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000144_0001
13. The compound of any claim 11 or 12, wherein each J, L and M is CR .
12
14. The compound of claim 13, wherein R is hydrogen, halogen, Ci_6 alkoxy, or Ci_
6 haloalkoxy
15. The compound of claim 11 or 12, wherein at least one of J, L and M is N.
16. The compound of claim 15, wherein M is N.
2 3
17. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 16, wherein R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-io aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5.
2 3
18. The compound of claim 17, wherein R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form carbocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more R5.
2 3
19. The compound of claim 18, wherein R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form cyclopropyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptenyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or dihydrofuranyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5.
20. The compound of claim 18 or 19, having the structure of Formula Id or lid, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
wherein
Figure imgf000144_0002
the cyclopropyl moiety is optionally substituted with one or more R .
21. The compound of claim 20, having the structure of Formula Id-1 , Id-2, IId-1 or IId-2, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000144_0003
22. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein R is hydrogen or Ci_6 hydroxyalkyl.
23. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 22, wherein R4 is hydrogen.
24. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 16, wherein R3 and R4 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5.
25. The compound of claim 24, wherein R3 and R4 together with the atoms to which they are attached form C3-7carbocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more R5.
26. The compound of claim 25, wherein R3 and R4 together with the atoms to which they are attached form cyclopropyl optionally substituted with one or more R5.
27. The compound of any one of claims 24 to 26, wherein R1 is hydrogen.
28. The compound of any one of claims 24 to 27, wherein R is hydrogen.
29. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 28, wherein R6 is -C(0)OR.
30. The compound of claim 29, wherein R is H.
31. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 30, wherein R7 is -OH.
32. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 31, wherein Y is -0-.
33. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 32, wherein Y3 is -OH.
34. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 33, wherein Y4 is -OH.
35. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 34, wherein Y5 is absent and t is 0, and R5 is is selected from the group consisting of amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, acyl, C-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o- 3SRC, -C(0)(CH2)1-3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, - NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd
Figure imgf000145_0001
Figure imgf000146_0001
-145-
Figure imgf000147_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
37. A compound having the structure of the Formula III or IV, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt
Figure imgf000147_0002
each of R 2 and R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6aikyl, (C6- ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1-3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, - C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, - S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd, or R2 and R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C -io aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5;
m is an integer of 0 or 1 ; and
each Ra and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_!oalkenyl, optionally substituted
Figure imgf000148_0001
optionally substituted C3-7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6aikyl, (C6- ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, - C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, - S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd, or Ra and Rb together with the atoms to which they are attached form a ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5; or
(b)
m is 1 ;
Ra and R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5; and each R2 and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6aikyl, (C6- ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1-3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, - C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, - S(0)(CH2)!-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd;
R5 is -Y5-(CH2)t-G;
t is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
G is selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Q_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Q_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci-6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci- 6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ loalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)C!_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)C!_6alkyl, (C6- ioaryl)Ci-6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci-6alkyl, acyl, C- carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, - C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1_3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, - C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)!_3Rc, and - NRfS(0)2NRfORd;
A is a ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-ioaryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R 12 ;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, OH, -C(0)OR, optionally substituted d_6 alkoxy, amino, -N(OR8)R9, optionally substituted Q_6 alkylthiol, C-amido, S-sulfonamido, CN, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, and a carboxylic acid isostere;
R is selected from the group consisting of H, d_9 alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)C1_ 9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)C3_7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR10RnOC(O)C2_8alkoxyalkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)OC1_
9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)OC3_7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)O(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR10RnOC(O)OC2_8alkoxy alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)C6_10aryl, CR10RnOC(0)OC6-ioaryl, -CR10RnC(O)NR13R14, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)1_ 3C(0)NR1JR , -CR1UR1 C(0)0(CH2)2-30C(0)C1 alkyl, -CRluRuOC(0)0(CH2)
3C(0)OCi-4 alkyl, -CR1UR1 C(0)(CH2)1_30C(0)C1_4
Figure imgf000150_0001
R7 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, amino, and -N(OR 8 )R 9 ;
each R 8 and R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
each R10 and R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted
Figure imgf000150_0002
optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
R 12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci-6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkylthiol, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_ 7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6aikyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6aikoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, sulfhydryl, -C(O)(CH2)0-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), - NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)!_3Rc, -NRfS(0)2NRfORd, and -(CH2)p-Y6-(CH2)qK; each R13 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
R15 is optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl;
Y2 is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-, and -NR9-;
Y 3 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, -SH, and -NHR 9 ; Y4 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, optionally substituted Ci_6
8 9
alkoxy, amino, and -N(OR )R ;
Y5 is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0)2-, -0-, -CRfRg-, and -NRg-, or Y5 is absent;
Y6 is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0)2-, -0-, -CRfRg-, and
-NRf-;
K is selected from the group consisting of C-amido; N-amido; S-sulfonamido; N- sulfonamido; -NRfC(0)NRfRg; -NRfS(0)2NRfRg; -C(=NRe)Rc; -C(=NRe)NRfRg; - NRfCRc(=NRe); -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg; C alkyl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of Ci_4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; C -w aryl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; carbocyclyl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, Q_4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; 5- 10 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; and 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, amino, halogen, C-amido, and N-amido; each Rc, Rd, Re, Rf, and Rg are independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5- 10 membered heteroaryl; and
each p and q is independently 0 or 1.
38. The compound of claim 37, wherein R is selected from H, Ci_ alkyl, -CRluR1OC(0)C1_9alkyl, -CRluR1OC(0)OC1_9alkyl, -CRluR1 OC(O)C6_10aryl, -
CRluR1OC(0)OC6-ioaryl and
Figure imgf000151_0001
.
39. The compound of claim 37 or 38, having the structure Formula Ilia or IVa, or pharmaceutic
Figure imgf000151_0002
Ilia IVa wherein each J, L, M is independently CR or N.
40. The compound of claim 39, having the structure of Formula Illb or IVb, or pharmaceutic
Figure imgf000152_0001
Illb IVb
41. The compound of claim 39 or 40, wherein each J, L and M is CRiZ.
42. The compound of any one of claims 37 to 41, wherein R is hydrogen, halogen, or Ci_6 alkyl
43. The compound of any one of claims 37 to 42, wherein R3 is hydrogen.
44. The compound of any one of claims 37 to 43, wherein R° 6 is -C(0)OR.
45. The compound of claim 44, wherein R is H.
46. The compound of any one of claims 37 to 45, wherein R7 is -OH.
47. The compound of any one of claims 37 to 46, wherein Y is -0-.
48. The compound of any one of claims 37 to 47, wherein Y is -OH.
49. The compound of any one of claims 37 to 48, wherein Y4 is -OH.
50. The compound of any one of claims 37 to 49, wherein R 12 is hydrogen, halogen or Ci_6 alkoxy.
51. oup consisting of
Figure imgf000152_0002
an( 5 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
52. A compound having the structure of Formula V, or pharmaceutically acceptable
Figure imgf000152_0003
wherein
Y1 is N or m is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
r is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
(a)
2 3
R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, Ce-w aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R1, R4, Ra, and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3-7carbocyclyl)Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd; or
(b)
R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_ 7carbocyclyl, and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R1, R2, Ra, and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Q_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Cj_6 alkoxy)Cj_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci-6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd; or
(c)
R 1 and R 2 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_ 7carbocyclyl, and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R3, R4, Ra, and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Cj_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci-6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)!_3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd; or
(d)
Ra and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7 carbocyclyl, and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R 1 , R2 , R 3 , and R 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3-7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)C!_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd; or
(e)
Ra and R4 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3-7 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, Ce-w aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5, and
each of R1, R2, R3, and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci-6 alkoxy)Ci-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)C1_6aikyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, - NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)!_3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd; R5 is -Y5-(CH2),-G;
t is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
G is selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ loalkynyl, optionally substituted C3-7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6- ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C- carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, - C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)i-3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, -
Figure imgf000156_0001
NRfS(0)2NRfORd;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted - (CH2)nC(0)OR and a carboxylic acid isostere;
n is an integer selected from 0 to 6;
R is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-9 alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)Ci- 9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)C3-7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR10RnOC(O)C2_8alkoxyalkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)OC1_
9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)OC3-7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)O(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR10RnOC(O)OC2_8alkoxy alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)C6_10aryl, CR10RnOC(0)OC6-ioaryl, -CR10RnC(O)NR13R14, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)1_
3C(0)NR13R14, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)2_3OC(O)C1 alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)1_
3C(0)Od_4 alkyl, -CR1UR1 C(0)(CH2)1_30C(0)C1_4
Figure imgf000156_0002
R7 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, optionally substituted Ci_6
8 9
alkoxy, amino, and -N(OR )R ;
each R8 and R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
each R10 and R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl; each R and R is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
R15 is optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl;
2 9
Y is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-, and -NR -;
Y5 is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0)2-, -0-, -CRfRg-, and -NRg-, or Y5 is absent;
each Rc, Rd, Re, Rf, and Rg are independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl; and
each Rh and R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, cyano, amino, C-amido, N-amido, optionally substituted
Figure imgf000157_0001
optionally substituted C3-7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl; or Rh and R1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C - 10 aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5.
53. The compound of claim 52, wherein R is selected from H, Ci_ alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)C1-9alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)OC1-9alkyl, -CR1°R11OC(0)C6-ioaryl, -
CR10RnOC(0)OC6-ioaryl and
Figure imgf000157_0002
54. The compound of claim 52 or 53, having the structure of Formula Va, or pharmaceutic
Figure imgf000157_0003
55. The compound of claim 54, having the structure of Formula Vb, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000158_0001
56. The compound of any one of claims 52 to 55, wherein both Ra and Rb are H.
2 3
57. The compound of any one of claims 52 to 56, wherein R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form a ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C -w aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5.
2 3
58. The compound of claim 57, wherein R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form C3_7carbocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more R5.
2 3
59. The compound of claim 58, wherein R and R together with the atoms to which they are attached form cyclopropyl optionally substituted with one or more R5.
60. The compound of any one of claims 52 to 59, wherein r is 1, and both Rh and R1 are H.
The compound of any one of claims 52 to 60, wherein R is -(CH2)nC(0)OR and n is 0.
62. The compound of claim 61 , having the structure of Formula Vc, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
wherein the cyclopropyl moiety
Figure imgf000158_0002
is optionally substituted with one or more R .
63. The compound of claim 62, having the structure of Formula Vc-1 or Vc-2, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000158_0003
Vc-1 Vc-2
64. The compound of any one of any one of claims 52 to 63, wherein Y is -0-.
65. The compound of any one of claims 52 to 64, wherein R7 is -OH.
66. A compound having the structure of Formula VI, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000159_0001
wherein
r is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
(a)
each of R 2 and R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci-6aikyl, (C6- ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1-3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, - C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, - S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd, or R2 and R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5;
m is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
each Ra and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci-6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6aikyl, (C6- ioaryl)Ci-6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci-6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1-3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, - C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, - S(0)(CH2)i-3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd, or Ra and Rb together with the atoms to which they are attached form a ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3-7carbocyclyl, and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5; or
(b)
m is 1 ;
Ra and R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7carbocyclyl, and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5; and each R2 and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3_7carbocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6aikyl, (C6-
Figure imgf000160_0001
optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)C!_6alkyl, acyl, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, -C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1_3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, - C(=NRe)Rc, -C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, - S(0)(CH2)!_3Rc, and -NRfS(0)2NRfORd;
R5 is -Y5-(CH2)t-G;
t is an integer of 0 or 1 ;
G is selected from the group consisting of H, amino, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, optionally substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, optionally substituted (Ci_ 6 alkoxy)Ci_6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2_ioalkenyl, optionally substituted C2_ loalkynyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C3-7carbocyclyl)Ci-6aikyl, optionally substituted (3-10 membered heterocyclyl)Ci_6alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-ioaryl)Ci_6alkyl, (C6- ioaryl)Ci_6alkoxy, optionally substituted (5-10 membered heteroaryl)Ci_6alkyl, acyl, C- carboxy, O-carboxy, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, -SRC, - C(0)(CH2)o-3SRc, -C(0)(CH2)1-3Rd, -NRfC(0)NRfRg, -NRfS(0)2NRfRg, -C(=NRe)Rc, - C(=NRe)NRfRg, -NRfCRc(=NRe), -NRfC(=NRe)NRfRg, -S(0)(CH2)!_3RC, and - NRfS(0)2NRfORd;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted - (CH2)nC(0)OR and a carboxylic acid isostere;
n is an integer selected from 0 to 6;
R is selected from the group consisting of H, d_9 alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)C1_ 9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)C3_7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR10RnOC(O)C2-8alkoxyalkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)OC1-
9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(O)OC3-7carbocyclyl, -CR10RnOC(O)O(3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), -CR10RnOC(O)OC2_8alkoxy alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)C6_10aryl, CR10RnOC(0)OC6-ioaryl, -CR10RnC(O)NR13R14, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)1_
3C(0)NR13R14, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)2_3OC(O)C1 alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)O(CH2)1_
3C(0)Od_4 alkyl, -CR1UR1 C(0)(CH2)1_30C(0)C1_4
Figure imgf000161_0001
R7 is selected from the group consisting of -OH, optionally substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, amino, and -N(OR 8 )R 9 ;
each R 8 and R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
each R10 and R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
each R13 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl;
R15 is optionally substituted Ci-6 alkyl;
2 9
Y is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-, and -NR -;
Y5 is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0)2-, -0-, -CRfRg-, and -NRg-, or Y5 is absent;
each Rc, Rd, Re, Rf, and Rg are independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, optionally substituted Q^alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl; and
each Rh and R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, cyano, amino, C-amido, N-amido, optionally substituted Ci-4alkyl, optionally substituted C3_7 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C6-ioaryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl; or Rh and R1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a spirocyclic ring or ring system selected from the group consisting of C3_7 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C(,. io aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with one or more R5.
67. The compound of claim 66, wherein R is selected from H, Ci_ alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)C1_9alkyl, -CR10R11OC(O)OC1_9alkyl, -CR10RnOC(0)C6-ioaryl, -
CR10RnOC(0)OC6-ioaryl and
Figure imgf000162_0001
68. The compound of claim 66 or 67, having the structure of Formula Via, or pharmaceutic ereof:
Figure imgf000162_0002
69. The compound of any one of claims 66 to 68, wherein both Ra and Rb are H.
70. The compound of any one of claims 66 to 69, wherein r is 1, and both Rh and R1 are H.
71. The compound of any one of claims 66 to 70, wherein R6 is -(CH2)nC(0)OR and n is 0.
72. The compound of claim 71, having the structure of Formula VIb, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000163_0001
VIb
73. The compound of any one of any one of claims 66 to 72, wherein Y is -0-.
74. The compound of any one of claims 66 to 73, wherein R7 is -OH.
75. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 74, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is an alkaline metal salt or an ammonium salt.
76. The compound of claim 75, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a sodium salt.
77. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 76, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
78. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 77, further comprising an additional medicament.
79. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 78, wherein the additional medicament is selected from the group consisting of an antibacterial agent, an antifungal agent, an antiviral agent, an anti-inflammatory agent, and an anti-allergic agent.
80. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 79, wherein the additional medicament is a β-lactam antibacterial agent.
81. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 80, wherein the β-lactam antibacterial agent is selected from the group consisting of Amoxicillin, Ampicillin (Pivampicillin, Hetacillin, Bacampicillin, Metampicillin, Talampicillin), Epicillin, Carbenicillin (Carindacillin), Ticarcillin, Temocillin, Azlocillin, Piperacillin, Mezlocillin, Mecillinam (Pivmecillinam), Sulbenicillin, Benzylpenicillin (G), Clometocillin, Benzathine benzylpenicillin, Procaine benzylpenicillin, Azidocillin, Penamecillin, Phenoxymethylpenicillin (V), Propicillin, Benzathine phenoxymethylpenicillin, Pheneticillin, Cloxacillin (Dicloxacillin, Flucloxacillin), Oxacillin, Meticillin, Nafcillin, Faropenem, Tomopenem, Razupenem, Cefazolin, Cefacetrile, Cefadroxil, Cefalexin, Cefaloglycin, Cefalonium, Cefaloridine, Cefalotin, Cefapirin, Cefatrizine, Cefazedone, Cefazaflur, Cefradine, Cefroxadine, Ceftezole, Cefaclor, Cefamandole, Cefminox, Cefonicid, Ceforanide, Cefotiam, Cefprozil, Cefbuperazone, Cefuroxime, Cefuzonam, Cefoxitin, Cefotetan, Cefmetazole, Loracarbef, Cefixime, Ceftriaxone, Cefcapene, Cefdaloxime, Cefdinir, Cefditoren, Cefetamet, Cefmenoxime, Cefodizime, Cefoperazone, Cefotaxime, Cefpimizole, Cefpiramide, Cefpodoxime, Cefsulodin, Cefteram, Ceftibuten, Ceftiolene, Ceftizoxime, Flomoxef, Latamoxef, Cefepime, Cefozopran, Cefpirome, Cefquinome, Ceftobiprole, Ceftaroline, CXA- 101, RWJ-54428, MC-04,546, ME1036, Ceftiofur, Cefquinome, Cefovecin, RWJ-442831, RWJ-333441, and RWJ-333442.
82. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 80, wherein the β-lactam antibacterial agent is selected from the group consisting of Ceftazidime, Biapenem, Doripenem, Ertapenem, Imipenem, Meropenem, Tebipenem, Tebipenem pivoxil, Apapenem, and Panipenem.
83. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 80, wherein the β-lactam antibacterial agent is selected from the group consisting of Aztreonam, Tigemonam, BAL30072, SYN 2416, and Carumonam.
84. A method of treating a bacterial infection, comprising administering a compound according any one of claims 1 to 76 to a subject in need thereof.
85. The method of claim 84, further comprising administering to the subject an additional medicament.
86. The method of claim 85, wherein the additional medicament is an antibacterial agent, an antifungal agent, an antiviral agent, an anti-inflammatory agent, or an antiallergic agent.
87. The method of claim 86, wherein the additional medicament is a β-lactam antibacterial agent.
88. The method of claim 87, wherein the β-lactam antibacterial agent is selected from the group consisting of Amoxicillin, Ampicillin (Pivampicillin, Hetacillin, Bacampicillin, Metampicillin, Talampicillin), Epicillin, Carbenicillin (Carindacillin), Ticarcillin, Temocillin, Azlocillin, Piperacillin, Mezlocillin, Mecillinam (Pivmecillinam), Sulbenicillin, Benzylpenicillin (G), Clometocillin, Benzathine benzylpenicillin, Procaine benzylpenicillin, Azidocillin, Penamecillin, Phenoxymethylpenicillin (V), Propicillin, Benzathine phenoxymethylpenicillin, Pheneticillin, Cloxacillin (Dicloxacillin, Flucloxacillin), Oxacillin, Meticillin, Nafcillin, Faropenem, Tomopenem, Razupenem, Cefazolin, Cefacetrile, Cefadroxil, Cefalexin, Cefaloglycin, Cefalonium, Cefaloridine, Cefalotin, Cefapirin, Cefatrizine, Cefazedone, Cefazaflur, Cefradine, Cefroxadine, Ceftezole, Cefaclor, Cefamandole, Cefminox, Cefonicid, Ceforanide, Cefotiam, Cefprozil, Cefbuperazone, Cefuroxime, Cefuzonam, Cefoxitin, Cefotetan, Cefmetazole, Loracarbef, Cefixime, Ceftriaxone, Cefcapene, Cefdaloxime, Cefdinir, Cefditoren, Cefetamet, Cefmenoxime, Cefodizime, Cefoperazone, Cefotaxime, Cefpimizole, Cefpiramide, Cefpodoxime, Cefsulodin, Cefteram, Ceftibuten, Ceftiolene, Ceftizoxime, Flomoxef, Latamoxef, Cefepime, Cefozopran, Cefpirome, Cefquinome, Ceftobiprole, Ceftaroline, CXA- 101, RWJ-54428, MC-04,546, ME1036, Ceftiofur, Cefquinome, Cefovecin, RWJ-442831, RWJ-333441, and RWJ-333442.
89. The method of claim 87, wherein the β-lactam antibacterial agent is selected from the group consisting of Ceftazidime, Biapenem, Doripenem, Ertapenem, Imipenem, Meropenem, Tebipenem, Tebipenem pivoxil, Apapenem, and Panipenem.
90. The method of claim 87, wherein the β-lactam antibacterial agent is selected from the group consisting of Aztreonam, Tigemonam, BAL30072, SYN 2416, and Carumonam.
91. The method of any one of claims 84 to 90, wherein the subject is a mammal.
92. The method of claim 91, wherein the mammal is a human.
93. The method of any one of claims 84 to 92, wherein the infection comprises a bacteria selected from the group consisting of Pseudomonas acidovorans, Pseudomonas alcaligenes, Pseudomonas putida, Burkholderia cepacia, Aeromonas hydrophilia, Francisella tularensis, Morganella morganii, Proteus mirabilis, Proteus vulgaris, Providencia alcalifaciens, Providencia rettgeri, Providencia stuartii, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bordetella pertussis, Bordetella para pertussis, Bordetella bronchiseptica, Haemophilus ducreyi, Pasteurella multocida, Pasteurella haemolytica, Branhamella catarrhalis, Borrelia burgdorferi, Kingella, Gardnerella vaginalis, Bacteroides distasonis, Bacteroides 3452A homology group, Clostridium difficile, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium avium, Mycobacterium intracellulare, Mycobacterium leprae, Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Corynebacterium ulcerans, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Staphylococcus intermedius, Staphylococcus hyicus subsp. hyicus, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, and Staphylococcus saccharolyticus.
94. The method of any one of claims 84 to 92, wherein the infection comprises a bacteria selected from the group consisting of Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pseudomonas fluorescens, Stenotrophomonas maltophilia, Escherichia coli, Citrobacter freundii, Salmonella typhimurium, Salmonella typhi, Salmonella paratyphi, Salmonella enteritidis, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella flexneri, Shigella sonnei, Enterobacter cloacae, Enterobacter aerogenes, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Klebsiella oxytoca, Serratia marcescens, Acinetobacter calcoaceticus, Acinetobacter haemolyticus, Yersinia enterocolitica, Yersinia pestis, Yersinia pseudotuberculosis, Yersinia intermedia, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Haemophilus haemolyticus, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Helicobacter pylori, Campylobacter fetus, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter coli, Vibrio cholerae, Vibrio parahaemolyticus, Legionella pneumophila, Listeria monocytogenes, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitidis, Moraxella, Bacteroides fragilis, Bacteroides vulgatus, Bacteroides ovalus, Bacteroides thetaiotaomicron, Bacteroides uniformis, Bacteroides eggerthii, and Bacteroides splanchnicus.
PCT/US2017/039787 2016-06-30 2017-06-28 Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof WO2018005662A1 (en)

Priority Applications (20)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP17821161.1A EP3478693B1 (en) 2016-06-30 2017-06-28 Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
KR1020197003015A KR102403296B1 (en) 2016-06-30 2017-06-28 Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
CA3026582A CA3026582A1 (en) 2016-06-30 2017-06-28 Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
BR112018077015-9A BR112018077015B1 (en) 2016-06-30 2017-06-28 Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
MX2018015892A MX2018015892A (en) 2016-06-30 2017-06-28 Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof.
SG11201811549UA SG11201811549UA (en) 2016-06-30 2017-06-28 Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
PL17821161T PL3478693T3 (en) 2016-06-30 2017-06-28 Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
DK17821161.1T DK3478693T3 (en) 2016-06-30 2017-06-28 BORONIC ACID DERIVATIVES AND THERAPEUTIC USES THEREOF
JP2018565257A JP7060245B2 (en) 2016-06-30 2017-06-28 Boronic acid derivatives and their therapeutic use
AU2017290060A AU2017290060B2 (en) 2016-06-30 2017-06-28 Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
ES17821161T ES2894251T3 (en) 2016-06-30 2017-06-28 Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
RU2018143900A RU2773346C2 (en) 2016-06-30 2017-06-28 Boronic acid derivatives and their therapeutic use
UAA201812390A UA124464C2 (en) 2016-06-30 2017-06-28 Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
MYPI2018002676A MY196909A (en) 2016-06-30 2017-06-28 Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
CN201780041247.XA CN109415386B (en) 2016-06-30 2017-06-28 Boronic acid derivatives and their therapeutic use
IL263450A IL263450B (en) 2016-06-30 2018-12-03 Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
ZA2018/08327A ZA201808327B (en) 2016-06-30 2018-12-10 Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
CONC2018/0013978A CO2018013978A2 (en) 2016-06-30 2018-12-21 Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof.
PH12018502747A PH12018502747A1 (en) 2016-06-30 2018-12-21 Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
SA518400742A SA518400742B1 (en) 2016-06-30 2018-12-25 Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201662357165P 2016-06-30 2016-06-30
US62/357,165 2016-06-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018005662A1 true WO2018005662A1 (en) 2018-01-04

Family

ID=60785544

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2017/039787 WO2018005662A1 (en) 2016-06-30 2017-06-28 Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof

Country Status (23)

Country Link
US (4) US10294249B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3478693B1 (en)
JP (1) JP7060245B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102403296B1 (en)
CN (1) CN109415386B (en)
AU (1) AU2017290060B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112018077015B1 (en)
CA (1) CA3026582A1 (en)
CL (1) CL2018003681A1 (en)
CO (1) CO2018013978A2 (en)
DK (1) DK3478693T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2894251T3 (en)
IL (1) IL263450B (en)
MX (1) MX2018015892A (en)
MY (1) MY196909A (en)
PH (1) PH12018502747A1 (en)
PL (1) PL3478693T3 (en)
PT (1) PT3478693T (en)
SA (1) SA518400742B1 (en)
SG (1) SG11201811549UA (en)
UA (1) UA124464C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2018005662A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201808327B (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020257306A1 (en) 2019-06-19 2020-12-24 Qpex Biopharma, Inc. Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
WO2021049600A1 (en) * 2019-09-13 2021-03-18 塩野義製薬株式会社 Pharmaceutical composition having antibacterial activity
JP2021522167A (en) * 2018-04-20 2021-08-30 キューペックス バイオファーマ， インコーポレイテッド Boronic acid derivatives and their therapeutic use
WO2021188700A1 (en) * 2020-03-18 2021-09-23 Qpex Biopharma, Inc. Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
WO2021226114A1 (en) * 2020-05-05 2021-11-11 Qpex Biopharma, Inc. Boronic acid derivatives and synthesis, polymorphic forms, and therapeutic uses thereof
WO2022037680A1 (en) 2020-08-20 2022-02-24 辉诺生物医药科技（杭州）有限公司 Boracic acid compound
US11286270B2 (en) 2017-10-11 2022-03-29 Qpex Biopharma, Inc. Boronic acid derivatives and synthesis thereof
US11352373B2 (en) 2017-02-01 2022-06-07 Melinta Subsidiary Corp. Apparatus and continuous flow process for production of boronic acid derivative
KR20220088736A (en) 2019-10-25 2022-06-28 스미토모 파마 가부시키가이샤 Novel substituted condensed cyclic compound
WO2022217199A1 (en) * 2021-04-05 2022-10-13 Qpex Biopharma, Inc. Ceftibuten dosing regimens
WO2022218328A1 (en) 2021-04-13 2022-10-20 上海拓界生物医药科技有限公司 BORIC ACID DERIVATIVE ACTING AS β-LACTAMASE INHIBITOR

Families Citing this family (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8680136B2 (en) 2010-08-10 2014-03-25 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cyclic boronic acid ester derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
EP2943204B1 (en) 2013-01-10 2019-03-13 Venatorx Pharmaceuticals Inc Beta-lactamase inhibitors
PL3154989T3 (en) 2014-06-11 2021-10-18 VenatoRx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-lactamase inhibitors
WO2016081297A1 (en) 2014-11-18 2016-05-26 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cyclic boronic acid ester derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
US20180051041A1 (en) 2015-03-17 2018-02-22 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
EP3347008B1 (en) 2015-09-11 2022-03-09 Venatorx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-lactamase inhibitors
SG11201811549UA (en) * 2016-06-30 2019-01-30 Qpex Biopharma Inc Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
CN110678186A (en) 2017-03-06 2020-01-10 维纳拓尔斯制药公司 Solid forms and combination compositions comprising beta-lactamase inhibitors and uses thereof
CN110959008A (en) 2017-05-26 2020-04-03 维纳拓尔斯制药公司 Penicillin binding protein inhibitors
EP3630783A4 (en) 2017-05-26 2021-03-03 Venatorx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Penicillin-binding protein inhibitors
WO2020112542A1 (en) * 2018-11-29 2020-06-04 VenatoRx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination compositions comprising a beta-lactamase inhibitor and uses thereof
CN113150022B (en) * 2021-04-23 2022-12-06 四川大学 3-substituted five-membered cyclic borate derivative, and pharmaceutical composition and pharmaceutical application thereof
TW202317085A (en) * 2021-10-19 2023-05-01 大陸商上海濟煜醫藥科技有限公司 Tricyclic boronic acid derivatives and preparation method and application thereof
WO2023155869A1 (en) * 2022-02-18 2023-08-24 辉诺生物医药科技（杭州）有限公司 Crystalline form of new boric acid-based compound and preparation method therefor
CN114716465A (en) * 2022-05-06 2022-07-08 上海中医药大学 Preparation method and application of bicyclic borate compound

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3686398A (en) * 1970-07-20 1972-08-22 Chevron Res 10,9-boroxarophenanthrene as fungicides
US4353807A (en) * 1981-03-24 1982-10-12 Mobil Oil Corporation Lubricants and fuels containing boroxarophenanthrene compounds
WO1987005297A1 (en) 1986-03-03 1987-09-11 The University Of Chicago Cephalosporin derivatives
US7271186B1 (en) 2002-12-09 2007-09-18 Northwestern University Nanomolar β-lactamase inhibitors
WO2009064413A1 (en) 2007-11-13 2009-05-22 Protez Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-lactamase inhibitors
WO2010097675A1 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Dhanuka Laboratories Ltd. An improved preparation process for cefpodoxime proxetil
WO2010130708A1 (en) * 2009-05-12 2010-11-18 Novartis International Pharmaceutical Ltd. Beta-lactamase inhibitors
WO2011154953A1 (en) 2010-06-10 2011-12-15 Technion R&D Foundation Ltd. Process for the preparation of iodides
WO2012021455A1 (en) * 2010-08-10 2012-02-16 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cyclic boronic acid ester derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
WO2012106995A1 (en) 2011-02-11 2012-08-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Rorgammat inhibitors
WO2016003929A1 (en) * 2014-07-01 2016-01-07 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof

Family Cites Families (91)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4194047A (en) 1975-11-21 1980-03-18 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted N-methylene derivatives of thienamycin
US4260543A (en) 1978-07-03 1981-04-07 Merck & Co., Inc. Crystalline N-formimidoyl thienamycin
US4409214A (en) 1979-11-19 1983-10-11 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical, Co., Ltd. 7-Acylamino-3-vinylcephalosporanic acid derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof
FR2573070B1 (en) 1984-11-13 1987-01-30 Rhone Poulenc Sante PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF CARBONYL COMPOUNDS
CA1283404C (en) 1986-07-01 1991-04-23 Shigeru Sanai Cephalosporin compounds, processes for their preparation and antibacterial agents
ZA893284B (en) 1988-05-04 1990-03-28 Igen Inc Peptide analogs and their use as haptens to elicit catalytic antibodies
US5442100A (en) 1992-08-14 1995-08-15 The Procter & Gamble Company β-aminoalkyl and β-N-peptidylaminoalkyl boronic acids
US5888998A (en) 1997-04-24 1999-03-30 Synphar Laboratories, Inc. 2-oxo-1-azetidine sulfonic acid derivatives as potent β-lactamase inhibitors
US6184363B1 (en) 1997-06-13 2001-02-06 Northwestern University Inhibitors of β-lactamases and uses therefor
WO1998056392A1 (en) 1997-06-13 1998-12-17 Northwestern University INHIBITORS OF β-LACTAMASES AND USES THEREFOR
AU2190400A (en) 1998-12-16 2000-07-03 Northwestern University Inhibitors of beta-lactamases and uses therefor
AU3124300A (en) 1998-12-16 2000-07-03 Northwestern University Inhibitors of beta-lactamases and uses therefor
CN1190432C (en) 1999-09-25 2005-02-23 史密丝克莱恩比彻姆有限公司 Piperazing derivatives as 5-HT1B antagonists
JP2003513890A (en) 1999-10-28 2003-04-15 メルク エンド カムパニー インコーポレーテッド Novel succinic metallo-beta-lactamase inhibitors and their use in treating bacterial infections
AU2001292732A1 (en) 2000-09-12 2002-03-26 Larry C. Blasczcak Beta-lactam analogs and uses therefor
CN1189469C (en) 2000-09-14 2005-02-16 潘斯瑞克有限公司 3-(heteroaryl acetamido)-2-oxo-azetidine-1-sulfonic acid derivatives as anti-bacterial agents
US6586615B1 (en) 2001-01-10 2003-07-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company α-aminoboronic acids prepared by novel synthetic methods
DE10118698A1 (en) 2001-04-17 2002-11-07 Jerini Ag Immobilization method and arrangement of connections produced therewith on a planar surface
AU2002360732A1 (en) * 2001-12-26 2003-07-24 Guilford Pharmaceuticals Change inhibitors of dipeptidyl peptidase iv
FR2835186B1 (en) 2002-01-28 2006-10-20 Aventis Pharma Sa NOVEL HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS ACTIVE AS BETA-LACTAMASES INHIBITORS
JP2003229277A (en) 2002-02-04 2003-08-15 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Material for light emitting element, light emitting element and light emitting device using the same
AUPS065102A0 (en) 2002-02-20 2002-03-14 Unisearch Limited Fluorous acetalation
WO2004024697A1 (en) 2002-09-11 2004-03-25 Kureha Chemical Industry Company, Limited Amine compounds and use thereof
AU2003268752A1 (en) 2002-10-30 2004-05-25 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited High-molecular compounds and polymerer light emitting devices made by using the same
US7439253B2 (en) 2002-12-06 2008-10-21 Novexel Heterocyclic compounds, their preparation and their use as medicaments, in particular as antibacterials and beta-lactamase inhibitors
BR0317613A (en) 2002-12-20 2005-11-29 Migenix Corp Nucleotide translocase (ant) adenine binders and related compositions and methods
TW200418791A (en) 2003-01-23 2004-10-01 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Pharmaceutical compositions for inhibiting proteasome
JP4233365B2 (en) 2003-03-25 2009-03-04 三井化学株式会社 Azadiol complex compound and optical recording medium using the compound
WO2005033090A1 (en) 2003-10-06 2005-04-14 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Aromatic compound
ES2288270T3 (en) 2003-10-10 2008-01-01 Pfizer Products Incorporated 2H- (1,2,4) TRIAZOLO (4,3-A) REPLACED PIRAZINS AS INHIBITORS OF GSK-3.
NZ547752A (en) * 2003-11-12 2009-12-24 Phenomix Corp Heterocyclic boronic acid compounds for inhibiting dipeptidyl peptidase-IV
TW200600494A (en) 2004-03-08 2006-01-01 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Bisphenyl compounds useful as vitamin d3 receptor agonists
US20060019116A1 (en) 2004-07-22 2006-01-26 Eastman Kodak Company White electroluminescent device with anthracene derivative host
TW200618820A (en) 2004-11-05 2006-06-16 Alza Corp Liposome formulations of boronic acid compounds
US20060178357A1 (en) 2005-02-10 2006-08-10 Buynak John D Chphalosporin-derived mercaptans as inhibitors of serine and metallo-beta-lactamases
HUE040060T2 (en) 2005-02-16 2019-02-28 Anacor Pharmaceuticals Inc Halogen-substituted boronophthalides for the treatment of infections
PL1851206T3 (en) 2005-02-22 2013-01-31 Teva Pharma Rosuvastatin and salts thereof free of rosuvastatin alkylether and a process for the preparation thereof
US9184428B2 (en) 2005-03-15 2015-11-10 Uchicago Argonne Llc Non-aqueous electrolytes for lithium ion batteries
US7825139B2 (en) * 2005-05-25 2010-11-02 Forest Laboratories Holdings Limited (BM) Compounds and methods for selective inhibition of dipeptidyl peptidase-IV
TW200734311A (en) 2005-11-21 2007-09-16 Astrazeneca Ab New compounds
CN101410111B (en) 2005-12-07 2012-12-12 巴斯利尔药物股份公司 Useful combinations of monobactam antibiotics with beta-lactamase inhibitors
US8168614B2 (en) 2006-02-16 2012-05-01 Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Boron-containing small molecules as anti-inflammatory agents
US20100009957A1 (en) 2006-09-27 2010-01-14 Blizzard Timothy A Novel inhibitors of beta-lactamase
CN101641095B (en) 2007-03-23 2012-10-31 巴斯利尔药物股份公司 Combination medicaments for treating bacterial infections
CA2694068C (en) * 2007-07-23 2016-08-30 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois System for controlling the reactivity of boronic acids
MX2010002608A (en) * 2007-09-06 2010-06-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Soluble guanylate cyclase activators.
GB0719366D0 (en) 2007-10-03 2007-11-14 Smithkline Beecham Corp Compounds
US20100120715A1 (en) 2007-11-13 2010-05-13 Burns Christopher J Beta-lactamase inhibitors
PT2231667E (en) 2008-01-18 2013-12-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Beta-lactamase inhibitors
US8129398B2 (en) 2008-03-19 2012-03-06 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company HIV integrase inhibitors
EP2285384A4 (en) 2008-05-12 2012-04-25 Anacor Pharmaceuticals Inc Boron-containing small molecules
WO2009139834A1 (en) 2008-05-13 2009-11-19 Poniard Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bioactive compounds for treatment of cancer and neurodegenerative diseases
WO2010075286A1 (en) 2008-12-24 2010-07-01 University Of Washington MOLECULAR ACTIVATORS OF THE Wnt/β-CATENIN PATHWAY
US8278316B2 (en) * 2009-03-09 2012-10-02 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Aza pyridone analogs useful as melanin concentrating hormone receptor-1 antagonists
AU2010259002B2 (en) 2009-06-08 2014-03-20 Nantbio, Inc. Triazine derivatives and their therapeutical applications
WO2011017125A1 (en) 2009-07-28 2011-02-10 Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Trisubstituted boron-containing molecules
WO2011103686A1 (en) 2010-02-26 2011-09-01 Viswanatha , Sundaramma CEPHALOSPORIN DERIVATIVES USEFUL AS β-LACTAMASE INHIBITORS AND COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
NZ602622A (en) 2010-03-31 2015-01-30 Millennium Pharm Inc Derivatives of 1-amino-2-cyclopropylethylboronic acid
US20110288063A1 (en) 2010-05-19 2011-11-24 Naeja Pharmaceutical Inc. Novel fused bridged bicyclic heteroaryl substituted 6-alkylidene penems as potent beta-lactamase inhibitors
DK2632927T3 (en) 2010-10-26 2016-04-11 Mars Inc Boronates AS ARGINSASEINHIBITORER
TW201221518A (en) 2010-11-18 2012-06-01 Glaxo Group Ltd Compounds
EP2508506A1 (en) 2011-04-08 2012-10-10 LEK Pharmaceuticals d.d. Preparation of sitagliptin intermediates
CN102320960A (en) 2011-08-02 2012-01-18 安徽东健化工科技有限公司 Preparation method of 6-fluoro salicylic acid
US9012491B2 (en) 2011-08-31 2015-04-21 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic boronic acid ester derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
WO2013053372A1 (en) 2011-10-13 2013-04-18 Therabor Pharmaceuticals Boronic acid inhibitors of beta-lactamases
WO2013056163A1 (en) 2011-10-14 2013-04-18 The Regents Of The University Of California Beta-lactamase inhibitors
AU2012356890B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2017-06-08 Ares Trading S.A. Alpha-amino boronic acid derivatives, selective immunoproteasome inhibitors
CA2862710A1 (en) 2012-01-09 2013-07-18 University Of Tromso Therapeutic boron-containing compounds
EP2615080A1 (en) 2012-01-12 2013-07-17 LEK Pharmaceuticals d.d. Preparation of Optically Pure ß-Amino Acid Type Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients and Intermediates thereof
WO2013122888A2 (en) 2012-02-15 2013-08-22 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating bacterial infections
US9156858B2 (en) 2012-05-23 2015-10-13 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
US10561675B2 (en) 2012-06-06 2020-02-18 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cyclic boronic acid ester derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
RU2654692C2 (en) 2012-12-07 2018-05-22 Венаторкс Фармасьютикалс, Инк. Beta-lactamase inhibitors
EP2941247A4 (en) 2013-01-04 2017-02-08 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
US9101638B2 (en) 2013-01-04 2015-08-11 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
EA201591003A1 (en) 2013-01-04 2015-12-30 Ремпекс Фармасьютикалз, Инк. DERIVATIVES OF BORONIC ACID AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION
US9241947B2 (en) 2013-01-04 2016-01-26 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
EP2943204B1 (en) 2013-01-10 2019-03-13 Venatorx Pharmaceuticals Inc Beta-lactamase inhibitors
EP2970340B1 (en) 2013-03-14 2020-02-12 Venatorx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-lactamase inhibitors
WO2014144380A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Intrexon Corporation Boron-containing diacylhydrazines
RS59488B1 (en) 2014-05-05 2019-12-31 Rempex Pharmaceuticals Inc Synthesis of boronate salts and uses thereof
US9687497B1 (en) 2014-05-05 2017-06-27 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Salts and polymorphs of cyclic boronic acid ester derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
US9963467B2 (en) 2014-05-19 2018-05-08 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
PL3154989T3 (en) 2014-06-11 2021-10-18 VenatoRx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-lactamase inhibitors
US9511142B2 (en) 2014-06-11 2016-12-06 VenatoRx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-lactamase inhibitors
WO2016065282A1 (en) 2014-10-24 2016-04-28 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Nasal formulation, nasal kit, and method for enhancing nasal nitric oxide (no) levels
WO2016081297A1 (en) 2014-11-18 2016-05-26 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cyclic boronic acid ester derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
US20180051041A1 (en) 2015-03-17 2018-02-22 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
CA2982911C (en) 2015-04-24 2023-10-03 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating bacterial infections
SG11201811549UA (en) * 2016-06-30 2019-01-30 Qpex Biopharma Inc Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
EP3694864A4 (en) 2017-10-11 2021-10-13 Qpex Biopharma, Inc. Boronic acid derivatives and synthesis thereof

Patent Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3686398A (en) * 1970-07-20 1972-08-22 Chevron Res 10,9-boroxarophenanthrene as fungicides
US4353807A (en) * 1981-03-24 1982-10-12 Mobil Oil Corporation Lubricants and fuels containing boroxarophenanthrene compounds
WO1987005297A1 (en) 1986-03-03 1987-09-11 The University Of Chicago Cephalosporin derivatives
US7271186B1 (en) 2002-12-09 2007-09-18 Northwestern University Nanomolar β-lactamase inhibitors
WO2009064413A1 (en) 2007-11-13 2009-05-22 Protez Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-lactamase inhibitors
WO2009064414A1 (en) 2007-11-13 2009-05-22 Protez Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-lactamase inhibitors
WO2010097675A1 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Dhanuka Laboratories Ltd. An improved preparation process for cefpodoxime proxetil
WO2010130708A1 (en) * 2009-05-12 2010-11-18 Novartis International Pharmaceutical Ltd. Beta-lactamase inhibitors
WO2011154953A1 (en) 2010-06-10 2011-12-15 Technion R&D Foundation Ltd. Process for the preparation of iodides
WO2012021455A1 (en) * 2010-08-10 2012-02-16 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cyclic boronic acid ester derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
WO2012106995A1 (en) 2011-02-11 2012-08-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Rorgammat inhibitors
WO2016003929A1 (en) * 2014-07-01 2016-01-07 Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof

Non-Patent Citations (54)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design: Theory and Application", 1987, PERGAMON PRESS, pages: 14 - 21
"Design of Prodrugs", 1985, ELSEVIER
"Goodman and Gilman's: The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics", 1990, PERGAMON PRESS
"Modern Pharmaceutics", 2002
"Organic Synthesis, Medicine and Materials", 2011, WILEY-VCH, article "Boronic Acids: Preparations and Applications"
"Preparation and Application in Organic Synthesis and Medicine", 2005, WILEY VCH, article "Boronic Acids"
"Prodrugs: Challenges and Rewards,", 2007, SPRINGER
"Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", 1973, PLENUM PRESS
"Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy", 2005, LIPPINCOTT WILLIAMS & WILKINS
ANGEW. CHEM. INT. ED., vol. 55, 2016, pages 785 - 789
ANTIMICROB AGENTS CHEMOTHER, vol. 50, 2006, pages 2280
BOU, G. ET AL., J. ANTIMICROB. AGENTS CHEMOTHER., vol. 44, 2000, pages 1556
BOU, G.MARTINEZ-BELTRAN, J., ANTIMICROB. AGENTS CHEMOTHER., vol. 40, 2000, pages 428
CAREYSUNDBERG, ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
CHEM. REV., vol. 108, 2008, pages 288 - 325
CHEM. REV., vol. 110, 2010, pages 890 - 931
CHEM. REV., vol. 88, 1988, pages 297 - 368
CHEM. SOC. REV., vol. 40, 2011, pages 5084 - 5121
COUTTS, S. J. ET AL., TETRAHEDRON LETTERS, vol. 35, no. 29, 1994, pages 5109 - 5112
DATABASE REGISTRY 15 February 2005 (2005-02-15), ANONYMOUS, XP055587452, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 831209-98-4 *
DATABASE REGISTRY 15 February 2005 (2005-02-15), ANONYMOUS, XP055587454, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 831210-03-8 *
EUR. J. ORG. CHEM., 2000, pages 2557 - 2562
EUR. J. ORG. CHEM., 2009, pages 5998 - 6008
J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 129, 2007, pages 758 - 759
J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 134, 2012, pages 14349 - 14352
J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 137, 2015, pages 13176 - 13182
J. MED. CHEM., vol. 39, 1996, pages 323 - 338
J. MED. CHEM., vol. 46, 2003, pages 3437 - 3440
J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 60, 1995, pages 7508 - 7510
J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 61, 1996, pages 8718 - 8719
J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 73, 2008, pages 6841 - 6844
J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 75, 2010, pages 1244 - 1250
J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 76, 2011, pages 3571 - 3575
J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 78, 2013, pages 8250 - 8266
MATTESON, D. S., TETRAHEDRON, vol. 45, no. 7, 1989, pages 1859 - 1885
MATTESON, D. S.: "Asymmetric synthesis with boronic esters", ACCOUNTS OF CHEMICAL RESEARCH, vol. 21, no. 8, 1988, pages 294 - 300
MONTEFOUR, K. ET AL., CRIT. CARE NURSE, vol. 28, 2008, pages 15
NEMA ET AL.: "Excipients and Their Role in Approved Injectable Products: Current Usage and Future Directions", PDA J PHARM SCI AND TECH, vol. 65, 2011, pages 287 - 332, XP009166667, DOI: 10.5731/pdajpst.2011.00634
ORG. LETT., 2005, pages 4107 - 4110
ORG. LETT., vol. 14, 2012, pages 317 - 3173
ORG. LETT., vol. 18, 2016, pages 1390 - 1393
ORG. PROCESS RES. DEV., vol. 20, 2016, pages 140 - 177
P.G.M. WUTTST.W. GREEN: "Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis", 2007, JOHN WILEY & SONS
PEREZ, F. ET AL., EXPERT REV. ANTI INFECT. THER., vol. 6, 2008, pages 269
POWELL ET AL.: "Compendium of Excipients for Parenteral Formulations", PDA J PHARM SCI AND TECH, vol. 52, 1998, pages 238 - 311, XP009119027
SUMIDA, Y. ET AL.: "Boron-Selective Biaryl Coupling Approach to Versatile Dibenzoxaborins and Application to Concise Synthesis of Defucogilvocarcin M", ORGANIC LETTERS, vol. 16, no. 23, 2014, pages 6240 - 6243, XP055309267 *
SYNTHESIS, vol. 44, 2012, pages 207
T. HIGUCHIV. STELLA: "A.C.S. Symposium Series", vol. 14, 1975, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, article "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems"
TETRAHEDRON LETT., vol. 42, 2001, pages 3893 - 3896
TETRAHEDRON LETT., vol. 44, 2003, pages 3629 - 3630
TETRAHEDRON, vol. 64, 2008, pages 7041 - 7095
TETRAHEDRON, vol. 70, 2014, pages 1508 - 1515
YOSHIKAZU ISHII ET AL.: "In Vitro Potentiation of Carbapenems with ME1071, a Novel Metallo-B-Lactamase Inhibitor, against Metallo-B-lactamase Producing Pseudomonas aeruginosa Clinical Isolates", ANTIMICROB. AGENTS CHEMOTHER., July 2010 (2010-07-01)
YUEN, A. K. L.HUTTON, C. A., TETRAHEDRON LETTERS, vol. 46, no. 46, 2005, pages 7899 - 7903

Cited By (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11352373B2 (en) 2017-02-01 2022-06-07 Melinta Subsidiary Corp. Apparatus and continuous flow process for production of boronic acid derivative
JP7377545B2 (en) 2017-10-11 2023-11-10 キューペックス バイオファーマ， インコーポレイテッド Boronic acid derivatives and their synthesis
US11286270B2 (en) 2017-10-11 2022-03-29 Qpex Biopharma, Inc. Boronic acid derivatives and synthesis thereof
JP7329260B2 (en) 2018-04-20 2023-08-18 キューペックス バイオファーマ， インコーポレイテッド Boronic acid derivatives and their therapeutic use
JP2021522167A (en) * 2018-04-20 2021-08-30 キューペックス バイオファーマ， インコーポレイテッド Boronic acid derivatives and their therapeutic use
WO2020257306A1 (en) 2019-06-19 2020-12-24 Qpex Biopharma, Inc. Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
WO2021049600A1 (en) * 2019-09-13 2021-03-18 塩野義製薬株式会社 Pharmaceutical composition having antibacterial activity
EP4049680A4 (en) * 2019-10-25 2024-01-10 Sumitomo Pharma Co Ltd Novel substituted condensed ring compound
KR20220088736A (en) 2019-10-25 2022-06-28 스미토모 파마 가부시키가이샤 Novel substituted condensed cyclic compound
WO2021188700A1 (en) * 2020-03-18 2021-09-23 Qpex Biopharma, Inc. Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
WO2021226114A1 (en) * 2020-05-05 2021-11-11 Qpex Biopharma, Inc. Boronic acid derivatives and synthesis, polymorphic forms, and therapeutic uses thereof
WO2022037680A1 (en) 2020-08-20 2022-02-24 辉诺生物医药科技（杭州）有限公司 Boracic acid compound
WO2022217199A1 (en) * 2021-04-05 2022-10-13 Qpex Biopharma, Inc. Ceftibuten dosing regimens
WO2022218328A1 (en) 2021-04-13 2022-10-20 上海拓界生物医药科技有限公司 BORIC ACID DERIVATIVE ACTING AS β-LACTAMASE INHIBITOR

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN109415386B (en) 2022-04-19
US10570159B2 (en) 2020-02-25
EP3478693A4 (en) 2020-02-19
PL3478693T3 (en) 2021-12-13
MY196909A (en) 2023-05-09
KR102403296B1 (en) 2022-05-27
IL263450B (en) 2022-01-01
SA518400742B1 (en) 2023-02-28
SG11201811549UA (en) 2019-01-30
RU2018143900A (en) 2020-07-30
MX2018015892A (en) 2019-06-20
EP3478693B1 (en) 2021-07-21
US10294249B2 (en) 2019-05-21
CL2018003681A1 (en) 2019-04-26
PT3478693T (en) 2021-10-25
JP2019527196A (en) 2019-09-26
IL263450A (en) 2019-01-31
ES2894251T3 (en) 2022-02-14
US11180512B2 (en) 2021-11-23
AU2017290060B2 (en) 2021-07-22
ZA201808327B (en) 2022-04-28
PH12018502747A1 (en) 2019-12-11
CO2018013978A2 (en) 2019-02-08
RU2018143900A3 (en) 2020-09-29
AU2017290060A1 (en) 2018-12-20
US20220056055A1 (en) 2022-02-24
US20190233443A1 (en) 2019-08-01
BR112018077015B1 (en) 2022-05-03
CA3026582A1 (en) 2018-01-04
JP7060245B2 (en) 2022-04-26
DK3478693T3 (en) 2021-09-20
KR20190025953A (en) 2019-03-12
CN109415386A (en) 2019-03-01
BR112018077015A2 (en) 2019-04-02
US20200181177A1 (en) 2020-06-11
US20180002351A1 (en) 2018-01-04
EP3478693A1 (en) 2019-05-08
UA124464C2 (en) 2021-09-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2017290060B2 (en) Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
US10618918B2 (en) Substituted boronic acids as antimicrobials
EP3145936B1 (en) Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
US9241947B2 (en) Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
EP2941246A1 (en) Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
AU2019256351B2 (en) Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
US10662205B2 (en) Cyclic boronic acid ester derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
RU2773346C2 (en) Boronic acid derivatives and their therapeutic use
NZ749864A (en) Boronic acid derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof
BR112020021356B1 (en) BORONIC ACID DERIVATIVES AND THERAPEUTIC USES THEREOF

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17821161

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 3026582

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018565257

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017290060

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20170628

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112018077015

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20197003015

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017821161

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20190130

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112018077015

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20181221